binutils-gdb/gas/config/tc-hppa.c

8693 lines
216 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
Copyright 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
bfd/ * libbfd-in.h (_bfd_generic_new_section_hook): Declare. * section.c (bfd_abs_symbol, bfd_com_symbol): Delete. (bfd_und_symbol, bfd_ind_symbol): Delete. (BFD_FAKE_SECTION): Remove SYM_PTR param, set symbol_ptr_ptr to &SEC.symbol. (STD_SECTION): Adjust. (_bfd_generic_new_section_hook): New function, extracted from.. (bfd_section_init): ..here. (bfd_make_section_old_way): Call new_section_hook for abs, com, und and ind sections. * elf.c (_bfd_elf_large_com_section): Adjust. * aoutx.h (new_section_hook): Call _bfd_generic_new_section_hook. * pdp11.c (new_section_hook): Likewise. * coffcode.h (coff_new_section_hook): Likewise. * ecoff.c (_bfd_ecoff_new_section_hook): Likewise. * elf.c (_bfd_elf_new_section_hook): Likewise. * vms.c (vms_new_section_hook): Likwise. * elf32-arm.c (elf32_arm_new_section_hook): Check used_by_bfd isn't already set. * elf32-sh64.c (sh64_elf_new_section_hook): Likewise. * elf32-xtensa.c (elf_xtensa_new_section_hook): Likewise. * elf64-mmix.c (mmix_elf_new_section_hook): Likewise. * elf64-ppc.c (ppc64_elf_new_section_hook): Likewise. * elfxx-mips.c (_bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook): Likewise. * elfxx-sparc.c (_bfd_sparc_elf_new_section_hook): Likewise. * ieee.c (ieee_new_section_hook): Likewise. Call _bfd_generic_new_section_hook too. * mmo.c (mmo_new_section_hook): Likewise. * oasys.c (oasys_new_section_hook): Likewise. * som.c (som_new_section_hook): Likewise. * coff-w65.c (reloc_processing): Don't use bfd_abs_symbol. * bfd-in2.h: Regenerate. * libbfd.h: Regenerate. gas/ * subsegs.c (subseg_get): Don't call obj_sec_set_private_data. * config/obj-elf.h (obj_sec_set_private_data): Delete. * config/tc-hppa.c (tc_gen_reloc): Don't use bfd_abs_symbol. * config/tc-mn10300.c (tc_gen_reloc): Likewise.
2006-05-03 16:26:41 +02:00
2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
02110-1301, USA. */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
at the University of Utah. */
#include "as.h"
#include "safe-ctype.h"
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
#include "subsegs.h"
#include "bfd/libhppa.h"
/* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */
#include "opcode/hppa.h"
#if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
#endif
/* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
#include "dwarf2dbg.h"
/* A "convenient" place to put object file dependencies which do
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
#define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
(((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* How to generate a relocation. */
#define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
#define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf64_hppa_reloc_final_type
#else
#define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
#define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf32_hppa_reloc_final_type
#endif
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
to store a copyright string. */
#define obj_version obj_elf_version
#define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
#define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
#endif /* OBJ_ELF */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
/* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
#define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
#define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
#define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
#define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
/* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
typedef int reloc_type;
/* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */
#define obj_version obj_som_version
#define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
/* How to generate a relocation. */
#define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
/* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
#define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
(((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */
#ifndef R_DLT_REL
#define R_DLT_REL 0x78
#endif
#ifndef R_N0SEL
#define R_N0SEL 0xd8
#endif
#ifndef R_N1SEL
#define R_N1SEL 0xd9
#endif
#endif /* OBJ_SOM */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2001-03-28 16:13:46 +02:00
#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
#define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25
#else
#define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10
#endif
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */
/* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */
struct unwind_desc
{
unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
unsigned int millicode:1;
unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
unsigned int region_desc:2;
unsigned int save_sr:2;
unsigned int entry_fr:4;
unsigned int entry_gr:5;
unsigned int args_stored:1;
unsigned int call_fr:5;
unsigned int call_gr:5;
unsigned int save_sp:1;
unsigned int save_rp:1;
unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
unsigned int reserved:3;
unsigned int frame_size:27;
};
/* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular
place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to
object files. */
#define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \
(((U)->cannot_unwind << 31) \
| ((U)->millicode << 30) \
| ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29) \
| ((U)->region_desc << 27) \
| ((U)->save_sr << 25) \
| ((U)->entry_fr << 21) \
| ((U)->entry_gr << 16) \
| ((U)->args_stored << 15) \
| ((U)->call_fr << 10) \
| ((U)->call_gr << 5) \
| ((U)->save_sp << 4) \
| ((U)->save_rp << 3) \
| ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2) \
| ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1) \
| ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0))
#define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \
(((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31) \
| ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \
| ((U)->frame_size << 0))
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
struct unwind_table
{
/* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
descriptor. */
unsigned int start_offset;
unsigned int end_offset;
struct unwind_desc descriptor;
};
/* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
prologues and epilogues. FIXME.
The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
.callinfo pseudo-op. */
struct call_info
{
/* The unwind descriptor being built. */
struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
/* Name of this function. */
symbolS *start_symbol;
/* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */
symbolS *end_symbol;
/* Next entry in the chain. */
struct call_info *ci_next;
};
/* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions
allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
SGL and DBL). */
typedef enum
{
SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
}
fp_operand_format;
/* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation
(ELF has no need for it). */
typedef enum
{
SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
}
pa_symbol_type;
/* This structure contains information needed to assemble
individual instructions. */
struct pa_it
{
/* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */
unsigned long opcode;
/* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */
expressionS exp;
/* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */
int pcrel;
/* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */
fp_operand_format fpof1;
fp_operand_format fpof2;
/* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */
int trunc;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* Holds the field selector for this instruction
(for example L%, LR%, etc). */
long field_selector;
/* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */
unsigned int arg_reloc;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* The format specification for this instruction. */
int format;
/* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */
reloc_type reloc;
};
/* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
+--------------+--------------+
| 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R |
+--------------+--------------+
| 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R |
+--------------+--------------+
| | |
. . .
. . .
. . .
| | |
+--------------+--------------+
| 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R |
+--------------+--------------+
| 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R |
2000-09-05 05:45:18 +02:00
+--------------+--------------+ */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */
struct call_desc
{
/* The argument relocation specification. */
unsigned int arg_reloc;
/* Number of arguments. */
unsigned int arg_count;
};
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
chain. */
struct subspace_dictionary_chain
{
/* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */
unsigned int ssd_defined;
/* Name of this subspace. */
char *ssd_name;
/* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */
asection *ssd_seg;
int ssd_subseg;
/* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */
struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
};
typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
/* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
chain. */
struct space_dictionary_chain
{
/* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
as a default space. */
unsigned int sd_defined;
/* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */
unsigned int sd_user_defined;
/* The space number (or index). */
unsigned int sd_spnum;
/* The name of this subspace. */
char *sd_name;
/* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */
asection *sd_seg;
/* Current subsegment number being used. */
int sd_last_subseg;
/* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */
ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
/* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */
struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
};
typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
/* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
dictionary entries. */
struct default_subspace_dict
{
/* Name of the subspace. */
char *name;
/* FIXME. Is this still needed? */
char defined;
/* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */
char loadable;
/* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */
char code_only;
* som.c (struct som_misc_symbol_info): Add is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields. (setup_sections): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct instead subspace_dictionary_record. Set SEC_LINK_ONCE if subspace is is_comdat, is_common or dup_common. (som_prep_headers): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct. Set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common in section subspace_dict from copy_data. (som_begin_writing): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct. (som_finish_writing): Likewise. (som_bfd_derive_misc_symbol_info): Add support to set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common flags in info for symbol. Add comment regarding linker support for these fields. Slightly reorganize function. (som_build_and_write_symbol_table): Set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields in symbol table from symbol info. (bfd_som_set_subsection_attributes): Add comdat, common and dup_common arguments. Set corresponding fields in copy_data. Change all callers. (som_bfd_ar_write_symbol_stuff): Set dup_common flag in library symbol table. (som_vec): Add SEC_LINK_ONCE to applicable section flags. * som.h (som_subspace_dictionary_record): Define. (som_copyable_section_data_struct): Add is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields. (som_section_data_struct): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct instead of subspace_dictionary_record. (bfd_boolean bfd_som_set_subsection_attributes): Adjust prototype. * config/obj-som.c (obj_som_init_stab_section): Add new arguments in call to obj_set_subsection_attributes. (obj_som_init_stab_section): Likewise. * config/tc-hppa.c (default_subspace_dict): Add comdat field. (pa_def_subspaces): Provide comdat default. (pa_subspace): Handle new "comdat" parameter. Set SEC_LINK_ONCE and not SEC_IS_COMMON if section is comdat, common or dup_common. Update calls to create_new_subspace and update_subspace to pass comdat flag. (create_new_subspace, update_subspace): Add new comdat argument. Use it in calls to obj_set_subsection_attributes. * doc/c-hppa.texi (.subspa, .nsubspa): Document new comdat parameter and use of comdat, common and dup_comm parameters.
2004-04-28 20:02:49 +02:00
/* Nonzero if this is a comdat subspace. */
char comdat;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */
char common;
/* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
to be multiply defined. */
char dup_common;
/* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */
char zero;
/* Sort key for this subspace. */
unsigned char sort;
/* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access
as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */
int access;
/* Index of containing space. */
int space_index;
/* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */
int alignment;
/* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */
int quadrant;
/* An index into the default spaces array. */
int def_space_index;
/* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */
subsegT subsegment;
};
/* This structure defines attributes of the default space
dictionary entries. */
struct default_space_dict
{
/* Name of the space. */
char *name;
/* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within
assembly code numerically! */
int spnum;
/* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */
char loadable;
/* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */
char defined;
/* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */
char private;
/* Sort key for this space. */
unsigned char sort;
/* Segment associated with this space. */
asection *segment;
};
#endif
/* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
label. */
typedef struct label_symbol_struct
{
struct symbol *lss_label;
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
#endif
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
segT lss_segment;
#endif
struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
}
label_symbol_struct;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */
struct hppa_fix_struct
{
/* The field selector. */
enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
/* Type of fixup. */
int fx_r_type;
/* Format of fixup. */
int fx_r_format;
/* Argument relocation bits. */
unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* The segment this fixup appears in. */
segT segment;
};
/* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */
struct pd_reg
{
char *name;
int value;
};
/* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */
struct fp_cond_map
{
char *string;
int cond;
};
/* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
string to a field selector type. */
struct selector_entry
{
char *prefix;
int field_selector;
};
/* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void);
#endif
2003-10-06 13:01:36 +02:00
#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
static void pa_text (int);
static void pa_data (int);
static void pa_comm (int);
#endif
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
static int exact_log2 (int);
static void pa_compiler (int);
static void pa_align (int);
static void pa_space (int);
static void pa_spnum (int);
static void pa_subspace (int);
static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space (char *, int, int,
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
int, int, int,
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
asection *, int);
static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *,
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
char *, int, int,
* som.c (struct som_misc_symbol_info): Add is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields. (setup_sections): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct instead subspace_dictionary_record. Set SEC_LINK_ONCE if subspace is is_comdat, is_common or dup_common. (som_prep_headers): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct. Set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common in section subspace_dict from copy_data. (som_begin_writing): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct. (som_finish_writing): Likewise. (som_bfd_derive_misc_symbol_info): Add support to set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common flags in info for symbol. Add comment regarding linker support for these fields. Slightly reorganize function. (som_build_and_write_symbol_table): Set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields in symbol table from symbol info. (bfd_som_set_subsection_attributes): Add comdat, common and dup_common arguments. Set corresponding fields in copy_data. Change all callers. (som_bfd_ar_write_symbol_stuff): Set dup_common flag in library symbol table. (som_vec): Add SEC_LINK_ONCE to applicable section flags. * som.h (som_subspace_dictionary_record): Define. (som_copyable_section_data_struct): Add is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields. (som_section_data_struct): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct instead of subspace_dictionary_record. (bfd_boolean bfd_som_set_subsection_attributes): Adjust prototype. * config/obj-som.c (obj_som_init_stab_section): Add new arguments in call to obj_set_subsection_attributes. (obj_som_init_stab_section): Likewise. * config/tc-hppa.c (default_subspace_dict): Add comdat field. (pa_def_subspaces): Provide comdat default. (pa_subspace): Handle new "comdat" parameter. Set SEC_LINK_ONCE and not SEC_IS_COMMON if section is comdat, common or dup_common. Update calls to create_new_subspace and update_subspace to pass comdat flag. (create_new_subspace, update_subspace): Add new comdat argument. Use it in calls to obj_set_subsection_attributes. * doc/c-hppa.texi (.subspa, .nsubspa): Document new comdat parameter and use of comdat, common and dup_comm parameters.
2004-04-28 20:02:49 +02:00
int, int, int, int,
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
int, int, int, int,
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
int, asection *);
static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *,
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
char *, int, int, int,
int, int, int, int,
* som.c (struct som_misc_symbol_info): Add is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields. (setup_sections): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct instead subspace_dictionary_record. Set SEC_LINK_ONCE if subspace is is_comdat, is_common or dup_common. (som_prep_headers): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct. Set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common in section subspace_dict from copy_data. (som_begin_writing): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct. (som_finish_writing): Likewise. (som_bfd_derive_misc_symbol_info): Add support to set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common flags in info for symbol. Add comment regarding linker support for these fields. Slightly reorganize function. (som_build_and_write_symbol_table): Set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields in symbol table from symbol info. (bfd_som_set_subsection_attributes): Add comdat, common and dup_common arguments. Set corresponding fields in copy_data. Change all callers. (som_bfd_ar_write_symbol_stuff): Set dup_common flag in library symbol table. (som_vec): Add SEC_LINK_ONCE to applicable section flags. * som.h (som_subspace_dictionary_record): Define. (som_copyable_section_data_struct): Add is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields. (som_section_data_struct): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct instead of subspace_dictionary_record. (bfd_boolean bfd_som_set_subsection_attributes): Adjust prototype. * config/obj-som.c (obj_som_init_stab_section): Add new arguments in call to obj_set_subsection_attributes. (obj_som_init_stab_section): Likewise. * config/tc-hppa.c (default_subspace_dict): Add comdat field. (pa_def_subspaces): Provide comdat default. (pa_subspace): Handle new "comdat" parameter. Set SEC_LINK_ONCE and not SEC_IS_COMMON if section is comdat, common or dup_common. Update calls to create_new_subspace and update_subspace to pass comdat flag. (create_new_subspace, update_subspace): Add new comdat argument. Use it in calls to obj_set_subsection_attributes. * doc/c-hppa.texi (.subspa, .nsubspa): Document new comdat parameter and use of comdat, common and dup_comm parameters.
2004-04-28 20:02:49 +02:00
int, int, int, int,
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
asection *);
static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space (char *);
static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace (char *);
static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space (asection *);
static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *,
subsegT);
static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number (int);
static unsigned int pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *, int);
static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt (char *, int);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
#endif
/* File and globally scoped variable declarations. */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* Root and final entry in the space chain. */
static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
/* The current space and subspace. */
static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
#endif
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* Root of the call_info chain. */
static struct call_info *call_info_root;
/* The last call_info (for functions) structure
seen so it can be associated with fixups and
function labels. */
static struct call_info *last_call_info;
/* The last call description (for actual calls). */
static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
/* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL;
/* These characters can be suffixes of opcode names and they may be
followed by meaningful whitespace. We don't include `,' and `!'
as they never appear followed by meaningful whitespace. */
const char hppa_symbol_chars[] = "*?=<>";
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
.line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs
#NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
2000-09-07 03:34:02 +02:00
Also note that C style comments will always work. */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
/* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
const char comment_chars[] = ";";
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */
const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
/* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */
const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
/* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't hae to know abou it at
all, but nothing is ideal around here. */
const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
static struct pa_it the_insn;
/* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expression
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
variable. */
static char *expr_end;
/* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */
static int callinfo_found;
/* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */
static int within_entry_exit;
/* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */
static int within_procedure;
/* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
seen in each subspace. */
static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
/* Holds the last field selector. */
static int hppa_field_selector;
/* Nonzero when strict matching is enabled. Zero otherwise.
Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or
not strict matching should be enabled for that instruction.
Mainly, strict causes errors to be ignored when a match failure
occurs. However, it also affects the parsing of register fields
by pa_parse_number. */
static int strict;
2000-09-05 05:45:18 +02:00
/* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly
pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
register has a `r' suffix. */
#define FP_REG_BASE 64
#define FP_REG_RSEL 128
static int pa_number;
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */
static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
#endif
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */
static int print_errors = 1;
/* List of registers that are pre-defined:
Each general register has one predefined name of the form
%r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
%fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined
names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
again have the value <REGNUM>.
Many registers also have synonyms:
%r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
%r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
%fr4 - %fr7 have %farg0 - %farg3 as synonyms
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
%r30 has %sp as a synonym
%r27 has %dp as a synonym
%r2 has %rp as a synonym
Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
here for brevity.
2000-09-07 03:34:02 +02:00
The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
{
2000-09-05 05:45:18 +02:00
{"%arg0", 26},
{"%arg1", 25},
{"%arg2", 24},
{"%arg3", 23},
{"%cr0", 0},
{"%cr10", 10},
{"%cr11", 11},
{"%cr12", 12},
{"%cr13", 13},
{"%cr14", 14},
{"%cr15", 15},
{"%cr16", 16},
{"%cr17", 17},
{"%cr18", 18},
{"%cr19", 19},
{"%cr20", 20},
{"%cr21", 21},
{"%cr22", 22},
{"%cr23", 23},
{"%cr24", 24},
{"%cr25", 25},
{"%cr26", 26},
{"%cr27", 27},
{"%cr28", 28},
{"%cr29", 29},
{"%cr30", 30},
{"%cr31", 31},
{"%cr8", 8},
{"%cr9", 9},
{"%dp", 27},
{"%eiem", 15},
{"%eirr", 23},
{"%farg0", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%farg1", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%farg2", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%farg3", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
2000-09-05 05:45:18 +02:00
{"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
{"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
{"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
{"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
{"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
{"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
{"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
{"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
{"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
{"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
{"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
{"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
{"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
{"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
{"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
{"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
{"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
{"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
{"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
{"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
{"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
{"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
{"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
{"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
{"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
{"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
{"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
{"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
{"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
{"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
{"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
{"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
{"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
2003-10-06 13:01:36 +02:00
{"%fret", 4},
2000-09-05 05:45:18 +02:00
{"%hta", 25},
{"%iir", 19},
{"%ior", 21},
{"%ipsw", 22},
{"%isr", 20},
{"%itmr", 16},
{"%iva", 14},
#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
{"%mrp", 2},
#else
{"%mrp", 31},
#endif
2000-09-05 05:45:18 +02:00
{"%pcoq", 18},
{"%pcsq", 17},
{"%pidr1", 8},
{"%pidr2", 9},
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{"%pidr3", 12},
{"%pidr4", 13},
2000-09-05 05:45:18 +02:00
{"%ppda", 24},
{"%r0", 0},
{"%r1", 1},
{"%r10", 10},
{"%r11", 11},
{"%r12", 12},
{"%r13", 13},
{"%r14", 14},
{"%r15", 15},
{"%r16", 16},
{"%r17", 17},
{"%r18", 18},
{"%r19", 19},
{"%r2", 2},
{"%r20", 20},
{"%r21", 21},
{"%r22", 22},
{"%r23", 23},
{"%r24", 24},
{"%r25", 25},
{"%r26", 26},
{"%r27", 27},
{"%r28", 28},
{"%r29", 29},
{"%r3", 3},
{"%r30", 30},
{"%r31", 31},
{"%r4", 4},
{"%r5", 5},
{"%r6", 6},
{"%r7", 7},
{"%r8", 8},
{"%r9", 9},
{"%rctr", 0},
{"%ret0", 28},
{"%ret1", 29},
{"%rp", 2},
{"%sar", 11},
{"%sp", 30},
{"%sr0", 0},
{"%sr1", 1},
{"%sr2", 2},
{"%sr3", 3},
{"%sr4", 4},
{"%sr5", 5},
{"%sr6", 6},
{"%sr7", 7},
2003-10-06 13:01:36 +02:00
{"%t1", 22},
{"%t2", 21},
{"%t3", 20},
{"%t4", 19},
{"%tf1", 11},
{"%tf2", 10},
{"%tf3", 9},
{"%tf4", 8},
2000-09-05 05:45:18 +02:00
{"%tr0", 24},
{"%tr1", 25},
{"%tr2", 26},
{"%tr3", 27},
{"%tr4", 28},
{"%tr5", 29},
{"%tr6", 30},
{"%tr7", 31}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
};
/* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
for < first, we would get a false match. */
static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
{
{"false?", 0},
{"false", 1},
{"true?", 30},
{"true", 31},
{"!<=>", 3},
{"!?>=", 8},
{"!?<=", 16},
{"!<>", 7},
{"!>=", 11},
{"!?>", 12},
{"?<=", 14},
{"!<=", 19},
{"!?<", 20},
{"?>=", 22},
{"!?=", 24},
{"!=t", 27},
{"<=>", 29},
{"=t", 5},
{"?=", 6},
{"?<", 10},
{"<=", 13},
{"!>", 15},
{"?>", 18},
{">=", 21},
{"!<", 23},
{"<>", 25},
{"!=", 26},
{"!?", 28},
{"?", 2},
{"=", 4},
{"<", 9},
{">", 17}
};
static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
{
{"f", e_fsel},
{"l", e_lsel},
{"ld", e_ldsel},
{"lp", e_lpsel},
{"lr", e_lrsel},
{"ls", e_lssel},
{"lt", e_ltsel},
{"ltp", e_ltpsel},
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{"n", e_nsel},
{"nl", e_nlsel},
{"nlr", e_nlrsel},
{"p", e_psel},
{"r", e_rsel},
{"rd", e_rdsel},
{"rp", e_rpsel},
{"rr", e_rrsel},
{"rs", e_rssel},
{"rt", e_rtsel},
{"rtp", e_rtpsel},
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{"t", e_tsel},
};
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* default space and subspace dictionaries */
#define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
#define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
/* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */
#define SUBSEG_CODE 0
#define SUBSEG_LIT 1
#define SUBSEG_MILLI 2
#define SUBSEG_DATA 0
#define SUBSEG_BSS 2
#define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
#define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
#define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
{
* som.c (struct som_misc_symbol_info): Add is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields. (setup_sections): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct instead subspace_dictionary_record. Set SEC_LINK_ONCE if subspace is is_comdat, is_common or dup_common. (som_prep_headers): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct. Set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common in section subspace_dict from copy_data. (som_begin_writing): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct. (som_finish_writing): Likewise. (som_bfd_derive_misc_symbol_info): Add support to set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common flags in info for symbol. Add comment regarding linker support for these fields. Slightly reorganize function. (som_build_and_write_symbol_table): Set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields in symbol table from symbol info. (bfd_som_set_subsection_attributes): Add comdat, common and dup_common arguments. Set corresponding fields in copy_data. Change all callers. (som_bfd_ar_write_symbol_stuff): Set dup_common flag in library symbol table. (som_vec): Add SEC_LINK_ONCE to applicable section flags. * som.h (som_subspace_dictionary_record): Define. (som_copyable_section_data_struct): Add is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields. (som_section_data_struct): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct instead of subspace_dictionary_record. (bfd_boolean bfd_som_set_subsection_attributes): Adjust prototype. * config/obj-som.c (obj_som_init_stab_section): Add new arguments in call to obj_set_subsection_attributes. (obj_som_init_stab_section): Likewise. * config/tc-hppa.c (default_subspace_dict): Add comdat field. (pa_def_subspaces): Provide comdat default. (pa_subspace): Handle new "comdat" parameter. Set SEC_LINK_ONCE and not SEC_IS_COMMON if section is comdat, common or dup_common. Update calls to create_new_subspace and update_subspace to pass comdat flag. (create_new_subspace, update_subspace): Add new comdat argument. Use it in calls to obj_set_subsection_attributes. * doc/c-hppa.texi (.subspa, .nsubspa): Document new comdat parameter and use of comdat, common and dup_comm parameters.
2004-04-28 20:02:49 +02:00
{"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
{"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
{"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
{"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
{"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
{NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
};
static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
{
{"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
{"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
{NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
};
/* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */
/* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */
#define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined
#define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
#define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum
#define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name
#define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
#define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name
#endif
/* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
a right or left half of a FP register */
#define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
#define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip
main loop after insertion. */
#define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
{ \
((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
continue; \
}
/* Simple range checking for FIELD against HIGH and LOW bounds.
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
#define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
{ \
if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
{ \
if (! IGNORE) \
as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
(int) (FIELD));\
break; \
} \
}
gas: * cgen.c, cgen.h, tc.h, write.c, config/obj-coff.c * config/tc-a29k.c, config/tc-alpha.c, config/tc-alpha.h * config/tc-arc.c, config/tc-arc.h, config/tc-arm.c * config/tc-arm.h, config/tc-avr.c, config/tc-avr.h * config/tc-cris.c, config/tc-crx.c, config/tc-d10v.c * config/tc-d10v.h, config/tc-d30v.c, config/tc-d30v.h * config/tc-dlx.c, config/tc-dlx.h, config/tc-fr30.h * config/tc-frv.c, config/tc-frv.h, config/tc-h8300.c * config/tc-h8500.c, config/tc-hppa.c, config/tc-hppa.h * config/tc-i370.c, config/tc-i370.h, config/tc-i386.c * config/tc-i386.h, config/tc-i860.c, config/tc-i860.h * config/tc-i960.c, config/tc-i960.h, config/tc-ia64.c * config/tc-ip2k.c, config/tc-ip2k.h, config/tc-iq2000.c * config/tc-iq2000.h, config/tc-m32r.c, config/tc-m32r.h * config/tc-m68hc11.c, config/tc-m68hc11.h, config/tc-m68k.c * config/tc-m68k.h, config/tc-m88k.c, config/tc-maxq.c * config/tc-mcore.c, config/tc-mcore.h, config/tc-mips.c * config/tc-mips.h, config/tc-mmix.c, config/tc-mn10200.c * config/tc-mn10300.c, config/tc-msp430.c, config/tc-ns32k.c * config/tc-openrisc.h, config/tc-or32.c, config/tc-or32.h * config/tc-pdp11.c, config/tc-pj.c, config/tc-pj.h * config/tc-ppc.c, config/tc-ppc.h, config/tc-s390.c * config/tc-s390.h, config/tc-sh64.c, config/tc-sh.c * config/tc-sh.h, config/tc-sparc.c, config/tc-sparc.h * config/tc-tahoe.c, config/tc-tic30.c, config/tc-tic4x.c * config/tc-tic54x.c, config/tc-tic80.c, config/tc-v850.c * config/tc-v850.h, config/tc-vax.c, config/tc-vax.h * config/tc-w65.c, config/tc-xstormy16.c, config/tc-xstormy16.h * config/tc-xtensa.c, config/tc-z8k.c: Replace all instances of the string "_apply_fix3" with "_apply_fix". * po/POTFILES.in, po/gas.pot: Regenerate. bfd: * coff-i386.c: Change md_apply_fix3 to md_apply_fix in comment. cgen: * doc/porting.texi: Change all mention of md_apply_fix3 and gas_cgen_md_apply_fix3 to md_apply_fix and gas_cgen_md_apply_fix respectively.
2005-06-07 19:54:22 +02:00
/* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix and other places where
the current file and line number are not valid. */
#define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \
{ \
if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
{ \
as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \
_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
(int) (FIELD));\
break; \
} \
}
/* Simple alignment checking for FIELD against ALIGN (a power of two).
IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
#define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
{ \
if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
{ \
if (! IGNORE) \
as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
(int) (FIELD));\
break; \
} \
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
#define is_DP_relative(exp) \
((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
&& strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
#define is_PC_relative(exp) \
((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
&& strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
#define is_tls_gdidx(exp) \
((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
&& strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0)
#define is_tls_ldidx(exp) \
((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
&& strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0)
#define is_tls_dtpoff(exp) \
((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
&& strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0)
#define is_tls_ieoff(exp) \
((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
&& strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0)
#define is_tls_leoff(exp) \
((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
&& strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_leoff$") == 0)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll
always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
need real complex handling yet. */
#define is_complex(exp) \
((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
/* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */
/* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and
proc/procend pairs match. */
void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_check_eof (void)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
if (within_entry_exit)
as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
if (within_procedure)
as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
}
/* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */
static label_symbol_struct *
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_get_label (void)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
label_chain;
label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
{
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
return label_chain;
#endif
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
return label_chain;
#endif
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
return NULL;
}
/* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined,
this function will replace it with the new label. */
void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_define_label (symbolS *symbol)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
label_symbol_struct *label_chain = pa_get_label ();
if (label_chain)
label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
else
{
/* Create a new label entry and add it to the head of the chain. */
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
label_chain = xmalloc (sizeof (label_symbol_struct));
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
#endif
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
#endif
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
if (label_symbols_rootp)
label_chain->lss_next = label_symbols_rootp;
label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
}
* dwarf2dbg.c (struct line_entry): Replace frag and frag_ofs with label. (dwarf2_loc_mark_labels): New. (dwarf2_gen_line_info_1): Split out of ... (dwarf2_gen_line_info): ... here. Create the temp symbol here. (dwarf2_emit_label): New. (dwarf2_directive_loc_mark_labels): New. (out_set_addr): Take a symbol instead of frag+ofs. (relax_inc_line_addr): Likewise. (emit_inc_line_addr): Assert delta non-negative. (process_entries): Remove dead code. Update to work with temp symbols instead of frag+ofs. * dwarf2dbg.h (dwarf2_directive_loc_mark_labels): Declare. (dwarf2_emit_label, dwarf2_loc_mark_labels): Declare. * config/obj-elf.c (elf_pseudo_tab): Add loc_mark_labels. * config/obj-elf.h (obj_frob_label): New. * config/tc-alpha.c (alpha_define_label): Call dwarf2_emit_label. * config/tc-arm.c, config/tc-hppa.c, config/tc-m68k.c, config/tc-mips.c, config/tc-ppc.c, config/tc-sh.c, config/tc-xtensa.c: Similarly in the respective tc_frob_label implementation functions. * config/tc-i386.c (md_pseudo_table): Move file and loc to non-elf section; add loc_mark_labels. * config/tc-ia64.c (struct label_fix): Add dw2_mark_labels. (ia64_flush_insns): Check for marked labels; emit line entry if so. (emit_one_bundle): Similarly. (ia64_frob_label): Record marked labels. * config/tc-m68hc11.h (tc_frob_label): Remove. * config/tc-ms1.c (md_pseudo_table): Remove file and loc. * config/tc-sh.h (tc_frob_label): Pass sym to sh_frob_label. * config/tc-sh64.h (tc_frob_label): Likewise. * doc/as.texinfo (LNS directives): Docuement .loc_mark_blocks.
2005-09-20 20:24:48 +02:00
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
dwarf2_emit_label (symbol);
#endif
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
}
/* Removes a label definition for the current space.
If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_undefine_label (void)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
label_symbol_struct *prev_label_chain = NULL;
for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
label_chain;
label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
{
if (1
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
&& current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label
#endif
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
&& now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label
#endif
)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
/* Remove the label from the chain and free its memory. */
if (prev_label_chain)
prev_label_chain->lss_next = label_chain->lss_next;
else
label_symbols_rootp = label_chain->lss_next;
free (label_chain);
break;
}
prev_label_chain = label_chain;
}
}
/* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA
code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa
results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An
hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
tc_fix_data field. */
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag,
int where,
int size,
symbolS *add_symbol,
offsetT offset,
expressionS *exp,
int pcrel,
bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type,
enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field,
int r_format,
unsigned int arg_reloc,
int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
fixS *new_fix;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
if (exp != NULL)
new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
else
new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
#endif
/* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$
is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
if (new_fix->fx_subsy
&& (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
|| strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0
|| strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0
|| strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0
|| strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0
|| strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0
|| strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_leoff$") == 0))
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
}
/* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */
void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
cons_fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag, int where, int size, expressionS *exp)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
unsigned int rel_type;
/* Get a base relocation type. */
if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
else if (is_PC_relative (*exp))
rel_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
else if (is_tls_gdidx (*exp))
rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
else if (is_tls_ldidx (*exp))
rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
else if (is_tls_dtpoff (*exp))
rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
else if (is_tls_ieoff (*exp))
rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
else if (is_tls_leoff (*exp))
rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
#endif
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
else if (is_complex (*exp))
rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
else
rel_type = R_HPPA;
if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
{
as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%."));
hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
(symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* Reset field selector to its default state. */
hppa_field_selector = 0;
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
static void
get_expression (char *str)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
char *save_in;
asection *seg;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
save_in = input_line_pointer;
input_line_pointer = str;
seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
if (!(seg == absolute_section
|| seg == undefined_section
|| SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
expr_end = input_line_pointer;
input_line_pointer = save_in;
return;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
expr_end = input_line_pointer;
input_line_pointer = save_in;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
static int
pa_parse_nullif (char **s)
{
int nullif;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
nullif = 0;
if (**s == ',')
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
*s = *s + 1;
if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
nullif = 1;
else
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
nullif = 0;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
*s = *s + 1;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
return nullif;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant of type
type, and store the appropriate bytes in *litP. The number of LITTLENUMS
emitted is stored in *sizeP . An error message or NULL is returned. */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
#define MAX_LITTLENUMS 6
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
char *
md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
{
int prec;
LITTLENUM_TYPE words[MAX_LITTLENUMS];
LITTLENUM_TYPE *wordP;
char *t;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
switch (type)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
case 'f':
case 'F':
case 's':
case 'S':
prec = 2;
break;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
case 'd':
case 'D':
case 'r':
case 'R':
prec = 4;
break;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
case 'x':
case 'X':
prec = 6;
break;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
case 'p':
case 'P':
prec = 6;
break;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
default:
*sizeP = 0;
return _("Bad call to MD_ATOF()");
}
t = atof_ieee (input_line_pointer, type, words);
if (t)
input_line_pointer = t;
*sizeP = prec * sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
for (wordP = words; prec--;)
{
md_number_to_chars (litP, (valueT) (*wordP++), sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE));
litP += sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
}
return NULL;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Write out big-endian. */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
void
md_number_to_chars (char *buf, valueT val, int n)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
format. */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
arelent **
tc_gen_reloc (asection *section, fixS *fixp)
{
arelent *reloc;
struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
arelent **relocs;
reloc_type **codes;
reloc_type code;
int n_relocs;
int i;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
return &no_relocs;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
assert (section != 0);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
reloc = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
*reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
fixp->fx_r_type,
hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
if (codes == NULL)
{
as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup"));
abort ();
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
relocs = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * n_relocs + 1);
reloc = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent) * n_relocs);
for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
default:
assert (n_relocs == 1);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
code = *codes[0];
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
switch (code)
{
case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
/* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
(static link required). This adjustment is done in
bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
reloc->addend = 0;
break;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
#ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
fixp->fx_offset);
break;
#endif
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
case R_PARISC_DIR32:
/* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */
if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
/* Fall thru */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
default:
reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
break;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
*reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
(bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
break;
}
#else /* OBJ_SOM */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
{
code = *codes[i];
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
*relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
relocs[i]->howto =
bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
(bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
switch (code)
{
case R_COMP2:
/* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four
relocs now and break out of the loop. */
assert (i == 1);
relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr
= (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
relocs[0]->howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
(bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
relocs[0]->addend = 0;
relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
*relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
relocs[1]->howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
(bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
relocs[1]->addend = 0;
relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
*relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
relocs[2]->howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
(bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
relocs[2]->addend = 0;
relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr
= (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
relocs[3]->howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
(bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
relocs[3]->addend = 0;
relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr
= (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
relocs[4]->howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
(bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
relocs[4]->addend = 0;
goto done;
case R_PCREL_CALL:
case R_ABS_CALL:
relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
break;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
case R_DLT_REL:
case R_DATA_PLABEL:
case R_CODE_PLABEL:
/* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
(static link required).
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
FIXME: We always assume no static link!
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
relocs[i]->addend = 0;
break;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
case R_N_MODE:
case R_S_MODE:
case R_D_MODE:
case R_R_MODE:
case R_FSEL:
case R_LSEL:
case R_RSEL:
case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
case R_END_BRTAB:
case R_BEGIN_TRY:
case R_N0SEL:
case R_N1SEL:
/* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
*relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
relocs[i]->addend = 0;
break;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
case R_END_TRY:
case R_ENTRY:
case R_EXIT:
/* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */
relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
*relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
break;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
default:
relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
}
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
done:
#endif
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
return relocs;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
void
md_convert_frag (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
fragS *fragP)
{
unsigned int address;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
{
switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
{
case 0:
fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
know (fragP->fr_next);
address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
{
fragP->fr_offset =
fragP->fr_next->fr_address
- fragP->fr_address
- fragP->fr_fix;
}
else
fragP->fr_offset = 0;
break;
}
}
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
valueT
md_section_align (asection *segment, valueT size)
{
int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
return (size + align2) & ~align2;
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
int
md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragS *fragP, asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
int size;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
size = 0;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
size++;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
return size;
}
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
# ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
# else
const char *md_shortopts = "V";
# endif
#else
# ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
const char *md_shortopts = "c";
# else
const char *md_shortopts = "";
# endif
#endif
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
struct option md_longopts[] =
{
#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
{"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
#endif
{NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
};
size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
int
md_parse_option (int c, char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
switch (c)
{
default:
return 0;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
case 'V':
print_version_id ();
break;
#endif
#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
case 'c':
warn_comment = 1;
break;
#endif
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
return 1;
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
void
md_show_usage (FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
fprintf (stream, _("\
-Q ignored\n"));
#endif
#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
fprintf (stream, _("\
-c print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
#endif
}
/* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
symbolS *
md_undefined_symbol (char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
return NULL;
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
#define nonzero_dibits(x) \
((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
#define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
(((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
#else
#define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
#endif
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
void
md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT *valP, segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
char *fixpos;
struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
offsetT new_val;
int insn, val, fmt;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for
R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
|| fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
|| fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
|| fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
|| fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
return;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */
if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
{
fixP->fx_offset = * valP;
return;
}
#endif
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
|| fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
return;
#endif
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
if (fixP->fx_addsy == NULL && fixP->fx_pcrel == 0)
fixP->fx_done = 1;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* There should be a HPPA specific fixup associated with the GAS fixup. */
hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
if (hppa_fixP == NULL)
{
as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
_("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"),
fixP->fx_r_type);
return;
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
if (fixP->fx_size != 4 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_format == 32)
{
/* Handle constant output. */
number_to_chars_bigendian (fixpos, *valP, fixP->fx_size);
return;
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, fixpos);
fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */
if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
|| fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
&& fmt != 32
#endif
)
new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
/* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */
else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
|| hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
|| hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
|| hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
|| hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
|| hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
#endif
else
new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */
if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
&& fixP->fx_addsy
&& fixP->fx_pcrel
&& !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
&& (* valP - 8 + 8192 < 16384
|| (fmt == 17 && * valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288)
|| (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
#endif
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
&& (* valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288
|| (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
#endif
&& !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
&& !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
&& S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
&& !(fixP->fx_subsy
&& S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
{
new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
switch (fmt)
{
case 10:
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
val = new_val;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
| ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
break;
case -11:
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
val = new_val;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
| ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
break;
/* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
case 14:
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
val = new_val;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
break;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
case 21:
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576,
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
val = new_val;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
break;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
case 11:
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024,
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
val = new_val;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
break;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
case 12:
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192,
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
val = new_val - 8;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
break;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
case 17:
{
offsetT distance = * valP;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
range target, then we want to complain. */
if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
&& (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144,
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144,
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
val = new_val - 8;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
break;
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
case 22:
{
offsetT distance = * valP;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
range target, then we want to complain. */
if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
&& (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
val = new_val - 8;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
break;
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
case -10:
val = new_val;
insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
break;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
case -16:
val = new_val;
insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
break;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
case 16:
val = new_val;
insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
break;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
case 32:
insn = new_val;
break;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
default:
as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
_("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
return;
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
{
case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L:
case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R:
case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L:
case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R:
case R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L:
case R_PARISC_TLS_LE14R:
case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L:
case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R:
if (fixP->fx_addsy)
S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
break;
default:
break;
}
#endif
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Insert the relocation. */
bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, fixpos);
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
long
md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP)
{
return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
a statement. */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
static int
is_end_of_statement (void)
{
return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
|| (*input_line_pointer == ';')
|| (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
#define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg))
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
static int
reg_name_search (char *name)
{
int middle, low, high;
int cmp;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
low = 0;
high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
do
{
middle = (low + high) / 2;
cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
if (cmp < 0)
high = middle - 1;
else if (cmp > 0)
low = middle + 1;
else
return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
}
while (low <= high);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
return -1;
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing
register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is
returned in `pa_number'.
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
not set.
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
static int
pa_parse_number (char **s, int is_float)
{
int num;
char *name;
char c;
symbolS *sym;
int status;
char *p = *s;
bfd_boolean have_prefix;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Skip whitespace before the number. */
while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
p = p + 1;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_number = -1;
have_prefix = 0;
num = 0;
if (!strict && ISDIGIT (*p))
{
/* Looks like a number. */
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
{
/* The number is specified in hex. */
p += 2;
while (ISDIGIT (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
|| ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
{
if (ISDIGIT (*p))
num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
else
num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
++p;
}
}
else
{
/* The number is specified in decimal. */
while (ISDIGIT (*p))
{
num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
++p;
}
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_number = num;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */
if (is_float)
{
pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
if (! (is_float & 2))
{
if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
{
pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
++p;
}
else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
{
++p;
}
}
}
}
else if (*p == '%')
{
/* The number might be a predefined register. */
have_prefix = 1;
name = p;
p++;
c = *p;
/* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
slow. */
if (c == 'r')
{
p++;
if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
&& (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
{
p += 2;
num = *p - '0' + 28;
p++;
}
else if (*p == 'p')
{
num = 2;
p++;
}
else if (!ISDIGIT (*p))
{
if (print_errors)
as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
num = -1;
}
else
{
do
num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
while (ISDIGIT (*p));
}
}
else
{
/* Do a normal register search. */
while (is_part_of_name (c))
{
p = p + 1;
c = *p;
}
*p = 0;
status = reg_name_search (name);
if (status >= 0)
num = status;
else
{
if (print_errors)
as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
num = -1;
}
*p = c;
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_number = num;
}
else
{
/* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */
name = p;
c = *p;
while (is_part_of_name (c))
{
p = p + 1;
c = *p;
}
*p = 0;
if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
{
if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
{
num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
/* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
register, so... */
have_prefix = TRUE;
}
else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == &bfd_abs_section)
num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
else if (!strict)
{
if (print_errors)
as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
num = -1;
}
}
else if (!strict)
{
/* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
or for an empty string. For an empty string we
will return zero. That's a concession made for
compatibility with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
if (*name == 0)
num = 0;
else
{
if (print_errors)
as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
num = -1;
}
}
*p = c;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_number = num;
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
if (!strict || have_prefix)
{
*s = p;
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
a new PA-1.1 opcode. */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
static int
need_pa11_opcode (void)
{
if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
&& !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
{
/* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
then set a new architecture. */
if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
{
if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
}
return TRUE;
}
else
return FALSE;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
code associated with the condition. */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
static int
pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (char **s)
{
int cond, i;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
cond = 0;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
{
if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
{
cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
*s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
/* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
report an error. */
if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
{
*s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
break;
}
while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
*s = *s + 1;
return cond;
}
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Advance over the bogus completer. */
while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
*s += 1;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
return 0;
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
static int
pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (char **s)
{
int value;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
value = 0;
if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
{
value = 5;
*s += 4;
}
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
{
value = 9;
*s += 4;
}
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
{
value = 13;
*s += 4;
}
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
{
value = 17;
*s += 4;
}
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
{
value = 1;
*s += 3;
}
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
{
value = 6;
*s += 4;
}
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
{
value = 2;
*s += 3;
}
else
{
value = 0;
as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
return value;
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
type. */
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
static fp_operand_format
pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (char **s)
{
int format;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
format = SGL;
if (**s == ',')
{
*s += 1;
if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
{
format = SGL;
*s += 4;
}
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
{
format = DBL;
*s += 4;
}
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
{
format = QUAD;
*s += 5;
}
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
{
format = W;
*s += 2;
}
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
{
format = UW;
*s += 3;
}
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
{
format = DW;
*s += 3;
}
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
{
format = UDW;
*s += 4;
}
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
{
format = QW;
*s += 3;
}
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
{
format = UQW;
*s += 4;
}
else
{
format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
}
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
return format;
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
type. */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
static fp_operand_format
pa_parse_fp_format (char **s)
{
int format;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
format = SGL;
if (**s == ',')
{
*s += 1;
if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
{
format = SGL;
*s += 4;
}
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
{
format = DBL;
*s += 4;
}
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
{
format = QUAD;
*s += 5;
}
else
{
format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
}
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
return format;
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
static int
pa_chk_field_selector (char **str)
{
int middle, low, high;
int cmp;
char name[4];
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Read past any whitespace. */
/* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */
while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f')
*str = *str + 1;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%')
name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
name[1] = 0;
else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%')
name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
name[2] = 0;
else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%')
name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
name[2] = TOLOWER ((*str)[2]),
name[3] = 0;
else
return e_fsel;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
low = 0;
high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
do
{
middle = (low + high) / 2;
cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
if (cmp < 0)
high = middle - 1;
else if (cmp > 0)
low = middle + 1;
else
{
*str += strlen (name) + 1;
#ifndef OBJ_SOM
if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
return e_fsel;
#endif
return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
}
}
while (low <= high);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
return e_fsel;
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
void
parse_cons_expression_hppa (expressionS *exp)
{
hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
expression (exp);
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
static int
evaluate_absolute (struct pa_it *insn)
{
offsetT value;
expressionS exp;
int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
exp = insn->exp;
value = exp.X_add_number;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
static int
pa_get_absolute_expression (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp)
{
char *save_in;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
save_in = input_line_pointer;
input_line_pointer = *strp;
expression (&insn->exp);
/* This is not perfect, but is a huge improvement over doing nothing.
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
The PA assembly syntax is ambiguous in a variety of ways. Consider
this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register
r5, or is that 4 MOD r5?
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
If we get a modulo expression when looking for an absolute, we try
again cutting off the input string at the first whitespace character. */
if (insn->exp.X_op == O_modulus)
{
char *s, c;
int retval;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
input_line_pointer = *strp;
s = *strp;
while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
s++;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
c = *s;
*s = 0;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
retval = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
input_line_pointer = save_in;
*s = c;
return evaluate_absolute (insn);
}
/* When in strict mode we have a non-match, fix up the pointers
and return to our caller. */
if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant && strict)
{
expr_end = input_line_pointer;
input_line_pointer = save_in;
return 0;
}
if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
{
as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
expr_end = input_line_pointer;
input_line_pointer = save_in;
return 0;
}
expr_end = input_line_pointer;
input_line_pointer = save_in;
return evaluate_absolute (insn);
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Given an argument location specification return the associated
argument location number. */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
static unsigned int
pa_build_arg_reloc (char *type_name)
{
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
return 0;
if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
return 1;
else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
return 2;
else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
return 3;
else
as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
return 0;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
static unsigned int
pa_align_arg_reloc (unsigned int reg, unsigned int arg_reloc)
{
unsigned int new_reloc;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
new_reloc = arg_reloc;
switch (reg)
{
case 0:
new_reloc <<= 8;
break;
case 1:
new_reloc <<= 6;
break;
case 2:
new_reloc <<= 4;
break;
case 3:
new_reloc <<= 2;
break;
default:
as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
return new_reloc;
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
static int
pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s)
{
int cmpltr;
char *name = *s + 1;
char c;
char *save_s = *s;
int nullify = 0;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
cmpltr = 0;
if (**s == ',')
{
*s += 1;
while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
*s += 1;
c = **s;
**s = 0x00;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 1;
}
else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 2;
}
else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 3;
}
else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 4;
}
else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 5;
}
else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 6;
}
else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 7;
}
/* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
completer. */
else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 0;
nullify = 1;
}
else
{
cmpltr = -1;
}
**s = c;
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
if (nullify)
*s = save_s;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
return cmpltr;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
static int
pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s)
{
int cmpltr;
char *name = *s + 1;
char c;
char *save_s = *s;
int nullify = 0;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
cmpltr = 0;
if (**s == ',')
{
*s += 1;
while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
*s += 1;
c = **s;
**s = 0x00;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 0;
}
else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 1;
}
else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 2;
}
else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 3;
}
else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 4;
}
else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 5;
}
else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 6;
}
else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 7;
}
/* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
completer. */
else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 0;
nullify = 1;
}
else
{
cmpltr = -1;
}
**s = c;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
if (nullify)
*s = save_s;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
return cmpltr;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
encoding in instructions) of the given completer.
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
returned as 8-15. */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
static int
pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (char **s)
{
int cmpltr;
char *name = *s + 1;
char c;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
cmpltr = -1;
if (**s == ',')
{
*s += 1;
while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
*s += 1;
c = **s;
**s = 0x00;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 0;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
{
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
cmpltr = 1;
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
cmpltr = 2;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 3;
}
else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 4;
}
else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 5;
}
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 6;
}
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 7;
}
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 8;
}
else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 9;
}
else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 10;
}
else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 11;
}
else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 12;
}
else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 13;
}
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 14;
}
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 15;
}
else
{
cmpltr = -1;
}
**s = c;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
return cmpltr;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
(for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
static int
pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (char **s)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
int cmpltr;
char *name = *s + 1;
char c;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
cmpltr = -1;
if (**s == ',')
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
*s += 1;
while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
*s += 1;
c = **s;
**s = 0x00;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 0;
}
else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 1;
}
else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 2;
}
else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 3;
}
else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 4;
}
else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 5;
}
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 6;
}
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 7;
}
else
{
cmpltr = -1;
}
**s = c;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
return cmpltr;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
(for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
static int
pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (char **s)
{
int cmpltr;
char *name = *s + 1;
char c;
char *save_s = *s;
int nullify = 0;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
cmpltr = 0;
if (**s == ',')
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
*s += 1;
while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
*s += 1;
c = **s;
**s = 0x00;
if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 1;
}
else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 2;
}
else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 3;
}
else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 4;
}
else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 5;
}
else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 6;
}
else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 7;
}
/* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
completer. */
else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 0;
nullify = 1;
}
else
{
cmpltr = -1;
}
**s = c;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
if (nullify)
*s = save_s;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
return cmpltr;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
(for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
static int
pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (char **s)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
int cmpltr;
char *name = *s + 1;
char c;
char *save_s = *s;
int nullify = 0;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
cmpltr = 0;
if (**s == ',')
{
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
*s += 1;
while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
*s += 1;
c = **s;
**s = 0x00;
if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 0;
}
else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 1;
}
else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 2;
}
else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 3;
}
else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 4;
}
else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 5;
}
else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 6;
}
else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 7;
}
/* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
completer. */
else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 0;
nullify = 1;
}
else
{
cmpltr = -1;
}
**s = c;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
if (nullify)
*s = save_s;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
return cmpltr;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
static int
pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (char **s)
{
int cmpltr;
char *name = *s + 1;
char c;
char *save_s = *s;
int nullify = 0;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
cmpltr = 0;
if (**s == ',')
{
*s += 1;
while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
*s += 1;
c = **s;
**s = 0x00;
if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 1;
}
else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 2;
}
else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 3;
}
else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 4;
}
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 5;
}
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 6;
}
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 7;
}
else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 8;
}
else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 9;
}
else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 10;
}
else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 11;
}
else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 12;
}
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 13;
}
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 14;
}
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 15;
}
/* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
completer. */
else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 0;
nullify = 1;
}
else
{
cmpltr = -1;
}
**s = c;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
if (nullify)
*s = save_s;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
return cmpltr;
}
/* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
into the global "the_insn" variable. */
static void
pa_ip (char *str)
{
char *error_message = "";
char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
const char *args;
int match = FALSE;
int comma = 0;
int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, num;
unsigned long opcode;
struct pa_opcode *insn;
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
#endif
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
case. */
for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
*s = TOLOWER (*s);
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Skip to something interesting. */
for (s = str;
ISUPPER (*s) || ISLOWER (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3');
++s)
;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
switch (*s)
{
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
case '\0':
break;
case ',':
comma = 1;
/*FALLTHROUGH */
case ' ':
*s++ = '\0';
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
break;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
default:
as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
return;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Look up the opcode in the has table. */
if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
as_bad ("Unknown opcode: `%s'", str);
return;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
if (comma)
*--s = ',';
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
start processing them. */
argstart = s;
for (;;)
{
/* Do some initialization. */
opcode = insn->match;
strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
if (insn->arch >= pa20
&& bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
goto failed;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
sure that the operands match. */
for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
{
/* Absorb white space in instruction. */
while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
s++;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
switch (*args)
{
/* End of arguments. */
case '\0':
if (*s == '\0')
match = TRUE;
break;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
case '+':
if (*s == '+')
{
++s;
continue;
}
if (*s == '-')
continue;
break;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* These must match exactly. */
case '(':
case ')':
case ',':
case ' ':
if (*s++ == *args)
continue;
break;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
case 'b':
case '^':
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
break;
num = pa_number;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it
is there. */
case '!':
/* Skip whitespace before register. */
while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
s = s + 1;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
if (!strncasecmp (s, "%sar", 4))
{
s += 4;
continue;
}
else if (!strncasecmp (s, "%cr11", 5))
{
s += 5;
continue;
}
break;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
case 'x':
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
break;
num = pa_number;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
case 't':
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
break;
num = pa_number;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */
case 'a':
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
break;
num = pa_number;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
opcode |= num << 16;
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
case 'T':
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
break;
s = expr_end;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
case '5':
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
break;
s = expr_end;
/* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
match instead of giving an out of range error. */
CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
case 'V':
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
break;
s = expr_end;
/* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
match instead of giving an out of range error. */
CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
case 'r':
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
break;
s = expr_end;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
case 'R':
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
break;
s = expr_end;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */
case 'U':
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
break;
s = expr_end;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
case 's':
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
break;
num = pa_number;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
case 'S':
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
break;
num = pa_number;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
continue;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle all completers. */
case 'c':
switch (*++args)
{
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
case 'X':
case 'x':
{
int uu = 0;
int m = 0;
int i = 0;
while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
{
s++;
if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
{
uu = 1;
m = 1;
s++;
i++;
}
else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
m = 1;
else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
|| (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
uu = 1;
else if (strict)
{
/* This is a match failure. */
s--;
break;
}
else
as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
s++;
i++;
}
if (i > 2)
as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
opcode |= m << 5;
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a short load/store completer. */
case 'M':
case 'm':
case 'q':
case 'J':
case 'e':
{
int a = 0;
int m = 0;
if (*s == ',')
{
s++;
if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
{
a = 0;
m = 1;
s += 2;
}
else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
{
a = 1;
m = 1;
s += 2;
}
else if (strict)
/* This is a match failure. */
s--;
else
{
as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
s += 2;
}
}
/* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */
else if (*args == 'e')
break;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* 'J', 'm', 'M' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
encode the before/after field. */
if (*args == 'm' || *args == 'M')
{
opcode |= m << 5;
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
}
else if (*args == 'q')
{
opcode |= m << 3;
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
}
else if (*args == 'J')
{
/* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
}
else if (*args == 'e')
{
/* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the
instruction. We will use (and remove it)
later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */
opcode |= a;
continue;
}
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a stbys completer. */
case 'A':
case 's':
{
int a = 0;
int m = 0;
int i = 0;
while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
{
s++;
if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
m = 1;
else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
|| (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
a = 0;
else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
a = 1;
/* In strict mode, this is a match failure. */
else if (strict)
{
s--;
break;
}
else
as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
s++;
i++;
}
if (i > 2)
as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
opcode |= m << 5;
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle load cache hint completer. */
case 'c':
cmpltr = 0;
if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
{
s += 3;
cmpltr = 2;
}
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle store cache hint completer. */
case 'C':
cmpltr = 0;
if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
{
s += 3;
cmpltr = 2;
}
else if (!strncmp (s, ",bc", 3))
{
s += 3;
cmpltr = 1;
}
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */
case 'd':
cmpltr = 0;
if (!strncmp (s, ",co", 3))
{
s += 3;
cmpltr = 1;
}
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle load ordering completer. */
case 'o':
if (strncmp (s, ",o", 2) != 0)
break;
s += 2;
continue;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a branch gate completer. */
case 'g':
if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
break;
s += 5;
continue;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a branch link and push completer. */
case 'p':
if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
break;
s += 7;
continue;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a branch link completer. */
case 'l':
if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
break;
s += 2;
continue;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a branch pop completer. */
case 'P':
if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
break;
s += 4;
continue;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a local processor completer. */
case 'L':
if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
break;
s += 2;
continue;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */
case 'w':
flag = 0;
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
{
flag = 1;
s += 2;
}
else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
{
flag = 0;
s += 2;
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */
case 'W':
if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
break;
s += 2;
continue;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle an RFI restore completer. */
case 'r':
flag = 0;
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
{
flag = 5;
s += 2;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a system control completer. */
case 'Z':
if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
{
flag = 1;
s += 2;
}
else
flag = 0;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */
case 'i':
flag = 0;
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
{
flag = 1;
s += 2;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */
case 'z':
flag = 1;
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
{
flag = 0;
s += 2;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle add completer. */
case 'a':
flag = 1;
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
{
flag = 2;
s += 2;
}
else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
{
flag = 3;
s += 4;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */
case 'Y':
flag = 0;
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
{
flag = 1;
s += 7;
}
else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
{
flag = 0;
s += 3;
}
else
break;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */
case 'y':
flag = 0;
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
{
flag = 1;
s += 6;
}
else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
{
flag = 0;
s += 2;
}
else
break;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle trap on signed overflow. */
case 'v':
flag = 0;
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
{
flag = 1;
s += 4;
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */
case 't':
flag = 0;
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
{
flag = 1;
s += 7;
}
else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
{
flag = 0;
s += 3;
}
else
break;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */
case 'B':
flag = 0;
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
{
flag = 1;
s += 7;
}
else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
{
flag = 0;
s += 3;
}
else
break;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */
case 'b':
flag = 0;
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
{
flag = 1;
s += 6;
}
else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
{
flag = 0;
s += 2;
}
else
break;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */
case 'T':
flag = 0;
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
{
flag = 1;
s += 3;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */
case 'S':
{
int sign = 1;
if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
{
sign = 1;
s += 2;
}
else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
{
sign = 0;
s += 2;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */
case 'h':
if (*s++ == ',')
{
int lr = 0;
if (*s == 'r')
lr = 2;
else if (*s == 'l')
lr = 0;
else
as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
s++;
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
}
else
as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
break;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle saturation at 24:25. */
case 'H':
{
int sat = 3;
if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
{
sat = 1;
s += 3;
}
else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
{
sat = 0;
s += 3;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle permutation completer. */
case '*':
if (*s++ == ',')
{
int permloc[4];
int perm = 0;
int i = 0;
permloc[0] = 13;
permloc[1] = 10;
permloc[2] = 8;
permloc[3] = 6;
for (; i < 4; i++)
{
switch (*s++)
{
case '0':
perm = 0;
break;
case '1':
perm = 1;
break;
case '2':
perm = 2;
break;
case '3':
perm = 3;
break;
default:
as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
}
opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
}
continue;
}
else
as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
break;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
default:
abort ();
}
break;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle all conditions. */
case '?':
{
args++;
switch (*args)
{
/* Handle FP compare conditions. */
case 'f':
cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle an add condition. */
case 'A':
case 'a':
cmpltr = 0;
flag = 0;
if (*s == ',')
{
s++;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* 64 bit conditions. */
if (*args == 'A')
{
if (*s == '*')
s++;
else
break;
}
else if (*s == '*')
break;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
name = s;
while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
s += 1;
c = *s;
*s = 0x00;
if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
cmpltr = 1;
else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
cmpltr = 2;
else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
cmpltr = 3;
else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
cmpltr = 4;
else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
cmpltr = 5;
else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
cmpltr = 6;
else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
cmpltr = 7;
else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 0;
flag = 1;
}
else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 1;
flag = 1;
}
else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 2;
flag = 1;
}
else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 3;
flag = 1;
}
else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 4;
flag = 1;
}
else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 5;
flag = 1;
}
else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 6;
flag = 1;
}
else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 7;
flag = 1;
}
/* ",*" is a valid condition. */
else if (*args == 'a' || *name)
as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
*s = c;
}
opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */
case 'd':
cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
if (cmpltr < 0)
{
as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
cmpltr = 0;
}
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */
case 'W':
cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
if (cmpltr < 0)
{
as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
cmpltr = 0;
}
else
{
/* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
}
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
condition. */
case '@':
save_s = s;
cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
if (cmpltr < 0)
{
s = save_s;
cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s);
if (cmpltr < 0)
{
as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
cmpltr = 0;
}
else
{
/* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
opcode |= 1 << 27;
}
}
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle branch on bit conditions. */
case 'B':
case 'b':
cmpltr = 0;
if (*s == ',')
{
s++;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
if (*args == 'B')
{
if (*s == '*')
s++;
else
break;
}
else if (*s == '*')
break;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0)
{
cmpltr = 0;
s++;
}
else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0)
{
cmpltr = 1;
s += 2;
}
else
as_bad (_("Invalid Bit Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
}
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
case 'S':
case 's':
cmpltr = 0;
flag = 0;
if (*s == ',')
{
s++;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* 64 bit conditions. */
if (*args == 'S')
{
if (*s == '*')
s++;
else
break;
}
else if (*s == '*')
break;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
name = s;
while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
s += 1;
c = *s;
*s = 0x00;
if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
cmpltr = 1;
else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
cmpltr = 2;
else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
cmpltr = 3;
else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
cmpltr = 4;
else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
cmpltr = 5;
else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
cmpltr = 6;
else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
cmpltr = 7;
else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 0;
flag = 1;
}
else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 1;
flag = 1;
}
else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 2;
flag = 1;
}
else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 3;
flag = 1;
}
else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 4;
flag = 1;
}
else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 5;
flag = 1;
}
else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 6;
flag = 1;
}
else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 7;
flag = 1;
}
/* ",*" is a valid condition. */
else if (*args != 'S' || *name)
as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
name);
*s = c;
}
opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */
case 't':
cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
if (cmpltr < 0)
{
as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
cmpltr = 0;
}
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */
case 'n':
save_s = s;
cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
if (cmpltr < 0)
{
s = save_s;
cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
if (cmpltr < 0)
{
as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition"));
cmpltr = 0;
}
else
{
/* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
opcode |= 1 << 27;
}
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
/* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */
case 'N':
cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
if (cmpltr >= 0)
{
/* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
}
else
/* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
break;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */
case 'Q':
cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
if (cmpltr < 0)
/* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
break;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a logical instruction condition. */
case 'L':
case 'l':
cmpltr = 0;
flag = 0;
if (*s == ',')
{
s++;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* 64 bit conditions. */
if (*args == 'L')
{
if (*s == '*')
s++;
else
break;
}
else if (*s == '*')
break;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
name = s;
while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
s += 1;
c = *s;
*s = 0x00;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
cmpltr = 1;
else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
cmpltr = 2;
else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
cmpltr = 3;
else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
cmpltr = 7;
else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 0;
flag = 1;
}
else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 1;
flag = 1;
}
else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 2;
flag = 1;
}
else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 3;
flag = 1;
}
else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
{
cmpltr = 7;
flag = 1;
}
/* ",*" is a valid condition. */
else if (*args != 'L' || *name)
as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
*s = c;
}
opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
/* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
case 'X':
case 'x':
case 'y':
cmpltr = 0;
if (*s == ',')
{
save_s = s++;
/* 64 bit conditions. */
if (*args == 'X')
{
if (*s == '*')
s++;
else
break;
}
else if (*s == '*')
break;
name = s;
while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
s += 1;
c = *s;
*s = 0x00;
if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
cmpltr = 1;
else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
cmpltr = 2;
else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
cmpltr = 3;
else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
cmpltr = 4;
else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
cmpltr = 5;
else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
cmpltr = 6;
else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
cmpltr = 7;
/* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
This includes moving s back to where it started. */
else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
{
*s = c;
s = save_s;
continue;
}
/* ",*" is a valid condition. */
else if (*args != 'X' || *name)
as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
*s = c;
}
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
/* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
case 'U':
case 'u':
cmpltr = 0;
flag = 0;
if (*s == ',')
{
s++;
/* 64 bit conditions. */
if (*args == 'U')
{
if (*s == '*')
s++;
else
break;
}
else if (*s == '*')
break;
if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
{
cmpltr = 2;
s += 3;
}
else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
{
cmpltr = 3;
s += 3;
}
else if (strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
{
cmpltr = 4;
s += 3;
}
else if (strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
{
cmpltr = 6;
s += 3;
}
else if (strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
{
cmpltr = 7;
s += 3;
}
else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
{
cmpltr = 0;
flag = 1;
s += 2;
}
else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
{
cmpltr = 2;
flag = 1;
s += 3;
}
else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
{
cmpltr = 3;
flag = 1;
s += 3;
}
else if (strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
{
cmpltr = 4;
flag = 1;
s += 3;
}
else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
{
cmpltr = 6;
flag = 1;
s += 3;
}
else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
{
cmpltr = 7;
flag = 1;
s += 3;
}
else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
{
cmpltr = 1;
flag = 0;
s += 3;
}
else if (strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
{
cmpltr = 5;
flag = 0;
s += 3;
}
else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
{
cmpltr = 1;
flag = 1;
s += 3;
}
else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
{
cmpltr = 5;
flag = 1;
s += 3;
}
/* ",*" is a valid condition. */
else if (*args != 'U' || (*s != ' ' && *s != '\t'))
as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
}
opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
default:
abort ();
}
break;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
case 'n':
nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
case 'N':
nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */
case 'L':
if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
s += 4;
else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
s += 4;
else
break;
continue;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
are 0..6 inclusive. */
case 'h':
get_expression (s);
s = expr_end;
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
{
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
num++;
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
}
else
break;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
are 0..6 inclusive. */
case 'm':
get_expression (s);
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
{
s = expr_end;
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
}
else
break;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
case '=':
{
num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
case 'i':
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
get_expression (s);
s = expr_end;
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
{
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
}
else
{
if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
#endif
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
else
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
the_insn.format = 11;
continue;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
case 'J':
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
get_expression (s);
s = expr_end;
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
{
int mb;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information
for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
good to rethink this. */
mb = opcode & 1;
opcode -= mb;
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
if (mb != (num < 0))
break;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
}
break;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
case 'K':
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
get_expression (s);
s = expr_end;
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
{
int mb;
mb = opcode & 1;
opcode -= mb;
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
if (mb == (num < 0))
break;
if (num % 4)
break;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
}
break;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
case '<':
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
get_expression (s);
s = expr_end;
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
{
int mb;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
mb = opcode & 1;
opcode -= mb;
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
if (mb != (num < 0))
break;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
num = re_assemble_16 (num);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
}
break;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
case '>':
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
get_expression (s);
s = expr_end;
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
{
int mb;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
mb = opcode & 1;
opcode -= mb;
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
if (mb == (num < 0))
break;
if (num % 4)
break;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
num = re_assemble_16 (num);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
}
break;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */
case '#':
if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) != pa20)
break;
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
get_expression (s);
s = expr_end;
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
{
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
if (num & 0x7)
break;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
if (num < 0)
opcode |= 1;
num &= 0x1fff;
num >>= 3;
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
}
else
{
if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
#endif
else
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
the_insn.format = 14;
continue;
}
break;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */
case 'd':
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
get_expression (s);
s = expr_end;
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
{
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
if (num & 0x3)
break;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
if (num < 0)
opcode |= 1;
num &= 0x1fff;
num >>= 2;
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
}
else
{
if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
#endif
else
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
the_insn.format = 14;
continue;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
case 'j':
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
get_expression (s);
s = expr_end;
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
{
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
}
else
{
if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
#endif
else
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
the_insn.format = 14;
continue;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
case 'k':
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
get_expression (s);
s = expr_end;
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
{
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
continue;
}
else
{
if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
#endif
else
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
the_insn.format = 21;
continue;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */
case 'l':
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
get_expression (s);
s = expr_end;
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
{
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
continue;
}
else
{
/* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
#endif
else
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
the_insn.format = 14;
continue;
}
/* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
case 'y':
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
get_expression (s);
s = expr_end;
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
{
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
continue;
}
else
{
/* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
#endif
else
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
the_insn.format = 14;
continue;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
case '&':
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
get_expression (s);
s = expr_end;
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
{
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
continue;
}
else
{
/* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
#endif
else
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
the_insn.format = 14;
continue;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
case 'w':
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
get_expression (s);
s = expr_end;
the_insn.pcrel = 1;
if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
|| !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
{
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
if (num % 4)
{
as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
break;
}
if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
num -= 8;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2);
continue;
}
else
{
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
the_insn.format = 12;
the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
s = expr_end;
continue;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
case 'W':
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
get_expression (s);
s = expr_end;
the_insn.pcrel = 1;
if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
|| !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
{
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
if (num % 4)
{
as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
break;
}
if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
num -= 8;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
continue;
}
else
{
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
the_insn.format = 17;
the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
continue;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */
case 'X':
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
get_expression (s);
s = expr_end;
the_insn.pcrel = 1;
if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
|| !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
{
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
if (num % 4)
{
as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
break;
}
if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
num -= 8;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
}
else
{
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
the_insn.format = 22;
the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
continue;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
case 'z':
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
get_expression (s);
s = expr_end;
the_insn.pcrel = 0;
if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
|| !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
{
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
if (num % 4)
{
as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
break;
}
if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
num -= 8;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
continue;
}
else
{
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
the_insn.format = 17;
the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
continue;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */
case 'Z':
if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
&& (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
{
s += 4;
continue;
}
else
break;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */
case 'Y':
if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
break;
s += 9;
continue;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */
case '@':
if (*s != '0')
break;
s++;
continue;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */
case '.':
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
break;
s = expr_end;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */
case '*':
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
break;
s = expr_end;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
/* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
case 'p':
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
break;
s = expr_end;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */
case '~':
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
break;
s = expr_end;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
num = 63 - num;
opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */
case '%':
flag = 0;
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
break;
s = expr_end;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
num--;
opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */
case '|':
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
break;
s = expr_end;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
num--;
opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
case 'P':
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
break;
s = expr_end;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */
case 'q':
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
break;
s = expr_end;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
of the high bit of the immediate. */
case 'B':
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
break;
s = expr_end;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
if (num & 0x20)
;
else
opcode |= (1 << 13);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
case 'Q':
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
break;
s = expr_end;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */
case '$':
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
break;
s = expr_end;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
case 'A':
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
break;
s = expr_end;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
case 'D':
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
break;
s = expr_end;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
case 'v':
if (*s++ != ',')
as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
break;
s = expr_end;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
case 'O':
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
break;
s = expr_end;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
case 'o':
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
break;
s = expr_end;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
case '0':
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
break;
s = expr_end;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
/* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
case '1':
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
break;
s = expr_end;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
/* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
case 'u':
if (*s++ != ',')
as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
break;
s = expr_end;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
case '2':
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
break;
s = expr_end;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
case '{':
if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
{
the_insn.trunc = 1;
s += 2;
}
else
the_insn.trunc = 0;
flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
if (flag == W || flag == UW)
flag = SGL;
if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
flag = DBL;
if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
flag = QUAD;
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
case '_':
/* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
s--;
flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
if (flag == W || flag == UW)
flag = SGL;
if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
flag = DBL;
if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
flag = QUAD;
opcode |= flag << 13;
if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
|| the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
|| the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
{
if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
|| the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
|| the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
flag = 0;
else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
|| the_insn.fpof2 == DW
|| the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
flag = 2;
else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
|| the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
|| the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
flag = 6;
else
abort ();
}
else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
|| the_insn.fpof1 == DW
|| the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
{
if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
|| the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
|| the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
flag = 1;
else
abort ();
}
else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
|| the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
|| the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
{
if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
|| the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
|| the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
flag = 5;
else
abort ();
}
flag |= the_insn.trunc;
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
case 'F':
flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
case 'G':
/* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
s--;
flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */
case 'I':
flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
Only allows single and double precision. */
case 'H':
flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
switch (flag)
{
case SGL:
opcode |= 0x20;
case DBL:
the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
continue;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
case QUAD:
case ILLEGAL_FMT:
default:
as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
}
break;
/* Handle all floating point registers. */
case 'f':
switch (*++args)
{
/* Float target register. */
case 't':
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
break;
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Float target register with L/R selection. */
case 'T':
{
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
break;
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
opcode |= num;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
is not necessary for loads/stores. */
if (need_pa11_opcode ()
&& ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
opcode |= 1 << 27;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
continue;
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Float operand 1. */
case 'a':
{
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
break;
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
opcode |= num << 21;
if (need_pa11_opcode ())
{
opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
opcode |= 1 << 27;
}
continue;
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */
case 'X':
case 'A':
{
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
break;
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
opcode |= num << 21;
opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
continue;
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Float operand 2. */
case 'b':
{
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
break;
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
opcode |= num << 16;
if (need_pa11_opcode ())
{
opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
opcode |= 1 << 27;
}
continue;
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */
case 'B':
{
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
break;
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
opcode |= num << 16;
opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
continue;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */
case 'C':
{
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
break;
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
continue;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
case 'i':
{
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
break;
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
{
if (num < 16)
{
as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
break;
}
num &= 0xF;
num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
}
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
}
/* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
case 'j':
{
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
break;
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
{
if (num < 16)
{
as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
break;
}
num &= 0xF;
num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
}
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
}
/* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
case 'k':
{
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
break;
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
{
if (num < 16)
{
as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
break;
}
num &= 0xF;
num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
}
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
case 'l':
{
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
break;
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
{
if (num < 16)
{
as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
break;
}
num &= 0xF;
num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
}
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
case 'm':
{
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
break;
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
{
if (num < 16)
{
as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
break;
}
num &= 0xF;
num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
}
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
case 'E':
case 'e':
{
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
break;
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
opcode |= num << 16;
if (need_pa11_opcode ())
{
opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
}
continue;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */
case 'x':
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
break;
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
default:
abort ();
}
break;
default:
abort ();
}
break;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
then set a new architecture. This automatic promotion crud is
for compatibility with HP's old assemblers only. */
if (match == TRUE
&& bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch
&& !bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
match = FALSE;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
failed:
/* Check if the args matched. */
if (!match)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
&& !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
{
++insn;
s = argstart;
continue;
}
else
{
as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
return;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
break;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
the_insn.opcode = opcode;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
void
md_assemble (char *str)
{
char *to;
/* The had better be something to assemble. */
assert (str);
/* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
label was defined after the .PROC directive.
Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
{
label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
if (label_symbol)
{
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
if (label_symbol->lss_label)
{
last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
|= BSF_FUNCTION;
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
/* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
if (within_entry_exit)
{
char *where;
unsigned int u;
where = frag_more (0);
u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
}
#endif
}
else
as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
}
else
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
pa_ip (str);
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Get somewhere to put the assembled instruction. */
to = frag_more (4);
/* Output the opcode. */
md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
/* If necessary output more stuff. */
if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
(offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0);
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
#endif
}
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the
alignment of the subspace if necessary. */
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_align (int bytes)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
/* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */
s_align_bytes (bytes);
/* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
alignment if necessary. */
if (exact_log2 (bytes) != -1)
record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, exact_log2 (bytes));
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
}
#endif
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_block (int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
unsigned int temp_size;
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
#endif
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
if (temp_size > 0x3FFFFFFF)
{
as_bad (_("Argument to .BLOCK/.BLOCKZ must be between 0 and 0x3fffffff"));
temp_size = 0;
}
else
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
/* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
char *p = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, 0, NULL, temp_size, NULL);
*p = 0;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
}
pa_undefine_label ();
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
}
/* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_brtab (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
/* The BRTAB relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
the beginning and end of branch tables). */
char *where = frag_more (0);
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
#endif
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
}
/* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_try (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
expressionS exp;
char *where = frag_more (0);
if (! begin)
expression (&exp);
/* The TRY relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
#endif
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
}
/* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_call_args (struct call_desc *call_desc)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
char *name, c, *p;
unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
while (!is_end_of_statement ())
{
name = input_line_pointer;
c = get_symbol_end ();
/* Process a source argument. */
if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
{
temp = atoi (name + 4);
p = input_line_pointer;
*p = c;
input_line_pointer++;
name = input_line_pointer;
c = get_symbol_end ();
arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
}
/* Process a return value. */
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
{
p = input_line_pointer;
*p = c;
input_line_pointer++;
name = input_line_pointer;
c = get_symbol_end ();
arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
}
else
{
as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
}
p = input_line_pointer;
*p = c;
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
input_line_pointer++;
}
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
(and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
static void
pa_call (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
#endif
pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* Return TRUE if FRAG1 and FRAG2 are the same. */
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
static bfd_boolean
is_same_frag (fragS *frag1, fragS *frag2)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
if (frag1 == NULL)
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
return FALSE;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
else if (frag2 == NULL)
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
return FALSE;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
else if (frag1 == frag2)
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
return TRUE;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
else if (frag2->fr_type == rs_fill && frag2->fr_fix == 0)
return (is_same_frag (frag1, frag2->fr_next));
else
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
return FALSE;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
}
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
/* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using
R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
of the unwind spaces. */
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_build_unwind_subspace (struct call_info *call_info)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
asection *seg, *save_seg;
subsegT save_subseg;
unsigned int unwind;
int reloc;
char *p;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
if ((bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg)
& (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
!= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
return;
reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
save_seg = now_seg;
save_subseg = now_subseg;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating
the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the
old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */
seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
{
seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA);
bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
}
subseg_set (seg, 0);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
descriptor. */
p = frag_more (16);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */
md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
call_info->start_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
(expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same
value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
finished with its work. */
md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4);
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
(expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* Dump the descriptor. */
unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4);
unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */
subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
}
#endif
/* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later
to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
.ENTER and .LEAVE. */
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_callinfo (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
char *name, c, *p;
int temp;
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
#endif
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */
if (!within_procedure)
as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
/* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
current procedure. */
callinfo_found = TRUE;
/* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */
while (!is_end_of_statement ())
{
name = input_line_pointer;
c = get_symbol_end ();
/* Frame size specification. */
if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
{
p = input_line_pointer;
*p = c;
input_line_pointer++;
temp = get_absolute_expression ();
if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
{
as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
temp = 0;
}
/* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */
last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
}
/* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
{
p = input_line_pointer;
*p = c;
input_line_pointer++;
temp = get_absolute_expression ();
/* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */
if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
}
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
{
p = input_line_pointer;
*p = c;
input_line_pointer++;
temp = get_absolute_expression ();
/* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */
if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
}
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
{
p = input_line_pointer;
*p = c;
input_line_pointer++;
temp = get_absolute_expression ();
if (temp != 3)
as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
}
/* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) ||
(strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
{
p = input_line_pointer;
*p = c;
}
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
{
p = input_line_pointer;
*p = c;
}
/* Should RP be saved into the stack. */
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
{
p = input_line_pointer;
*p = c;
last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
}
/* Likewise for SP. */
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
{
p = input_line_pointer;
*p = c;
last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
}
/* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so
in the unwind descriptor. */
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
{
p = input_line_pointer;
*p = c;
last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
}
/* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the
unwind descriptor. */
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
{
p = input_line_pointer;
*p = c;
last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
}
/* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my
assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler
accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
{
p = input_line_pointer;
*p = c;
last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
}
else
{
as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
*input_line_pointer = c;
}
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
input_line_pointer++;
}
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
}
2003-10-06 13:01:36 +02:00
#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
/* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
label when finished. */
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_text (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
current_subspace
= pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
#endif
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
s_text (0);
pa_undefine_label ();
}
/* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_data (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
current_subspace
= pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
#endif
s_data (0);
pa_undefine_label ();
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
the .comm pseudo-op has the following symtax:
<label> .comm <length>
where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
and subspace.
Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number
of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular
the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What
a pain.
This also makes error detection all but impossible. */
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_comm (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
unsigned int size;
symbolS *symbol;
label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
if (label_symbol)
symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
else
symbol = NULL;
SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
size = get_absolute_expression ();
if (symbol)
{
symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_com_section_ptr);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
/* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */
symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
}
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
}
2003-10-06 13:01:36 +02:00
#endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* Process a .END pseudo-op. */
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_end (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
}
/* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_enter (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
#endif
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
}
/* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
procedure. */
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_entry (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
#endif
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
if (!within_procedure)
as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
else
{
if (!callinfo_found)
as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
}
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
within_entry_exit = TRUE;
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
/* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
denote the entry and exit points. */
if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
{
char *where;
unsigned int u;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
where = frag_more (0);
u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
}
#endif
}
2000-09-05 05:45:18 +02:00
/* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is
being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
registers, to get the size of the range. */
static int fudge_reg_expressions;
int
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (expressionS *resultP,
operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
expressionS *rightP)
2000-09-05 05:45:18 +02:00
{
if (fudge_reg_expressions
&& rightP->X_op == O_register
&& resultP->X_op == O_register)
{
rightP->X_op = O_constant;
resultP->X_op = O_constant;
}
return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_equ (int reg)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
symbolS *symbol;
if (label_symbol)
{
symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
if (reg)
2000-09-05 05:45:18 +02:00
{
strict = 1;
if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
else
2000-09-05 05:45:18 +02:00
{
expressionS exp;
segT seg;
fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
seg = expression (&exp);
fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
if (exp.X_op != O_constant
&& exp.X_op != O_register)
{
if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
exp.X_add_number = 0;
seg = absolute_section;
}
S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
}
else
{
if (reg)
as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
else
as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
}
pa_undefine_label ();
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
/* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
the size of the function in elf_hppa_final_processing. */
static void
hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (void)
{
/* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
char *name;
if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
{
/* We have already warned about a missing label,
or other problems. */
return;
}
name = xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001end_")
+ strlen (S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol))
+ 1);
if (name)
{
symbolS *symbolP;
strcpy (name, "L$\001end_");
strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol));
/* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
symbol will have already been defined. */
symbolP = symbol_find (name);
if (symbolP)
{
/* The symbol has already been defined! This can
happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
xfree (name);
}
else
{
/* symbol value should be the offset of the
last instruction of the function */
symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4),
frag_now);
assert (symbolP);
S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
}
if (symbolP)
last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
else
as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
}
else
as_bad (_("No memory for symbol name."));
}
#endif
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This
usually involves creating some relocations or building special
symbols to mark the end of the function. */
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
process_exit (void)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
char *where;
where = frag_more (0);
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
/* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
to add an entry in the unwind table. */
hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
#else
/* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
denote the entry and exit points. */
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
NULL, (offsetT) 0,
NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor));
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
#endif
}
/* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_exit (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
#endif
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
if (!within_procedure)
as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
else
{
if (!callinfo_found)
as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
else
{
if (!within_entry_exit)
as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
else
{
within_entry_exit = FALSE;
process_exit ();
}
}
}
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
}
/* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_type_args (symbolS *symbolP, int is_export)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
char *name, c, *p;
unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
{
input_line_pointer += 8;
bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
}
else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
{
input_line_pointer += 4;
/* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */
if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
if (is_export)
as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
}
else
{
bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
}
}
else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
{
input_line_pointer += 4;
bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
}
else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
{
input_line_pointer += 5;
bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
}
else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
{
input_line_pointer += 9;
bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
{
elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
STT_PARISC_MILLI);
}
#endif
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
}
else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
{
input_line_pointer += 6;
bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
}
else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
{
input_line_pointer += 8;
bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
}
else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
{
input_line_pointer += 8;
bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
}
/* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
than BFD understands. This is how we get this information
to the SOM BFD backend. */
#ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
#endif
/* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
handle any argument relocation information. */
while (!is_end_of_statement ())
{
if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
input_line_pointer++;
name = input_line_pointer;
c = get_symbol_end ();
/* Argument sources. */
if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
{
p = input_line_pointer;
*p = c;
input_line_pointer++;
temp = atoi (name + 4);
name = input_line_pointer;
c = get_symbol_end ();
arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
2000-07-19 08:30:49 +02:00
#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
#endif
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
*input_line_pointer = c;
}
/* The return value. */
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
{
p = input_line_pointer;
*p = c;
input_line_pointer++;
name = input_line_pointer;
c = get_symbol_end ();
arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
2000-07-19 08:30:49 +02:00
#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
#endif
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
*input_line_pointer = c;
}
/* Privilege level. */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
{
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
p = input_line_pointer;
*p = c;
input_line_pointer++;
temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
#endif
c = get_symbol_end ();
*input_line_pointer = c;
}
else
{
as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
p = input_line_pointer;
*p = c;
}
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
input_line_pointer++;
}
}
/* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
and provides information such as argument relocation entries
to callers. */
static void
pa_export (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
char *name, c, *p;
symbolS *symbol;
name = input_line_pointer;
c = get_symbol_end ();
/* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
{
as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
p = input_line_pointer;
*p = c;
input_line_pointer++;
}
else
{
/* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually
set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */
S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
p = input_line_pointer;
*p = c;
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
{
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
input_line_pointer++;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
}
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
}
/* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given
assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
explicitly IMPORTED from another. */
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_import (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
char *name, c, *p;
symbolS *symbol;
name = input_line_pointer;
c = get_symbol_end ();
symbol = symbol_find (name);
/* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
in which case all the code below will really screw things up
(set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */
if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
{
symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
p = input_line_pointer;
*p = c;
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
{
input_line_pointer++;
pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
}
else
{
/* Sigh. To be compatible with the HP assembler and to help
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */
if (now_seg == text_section)
symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */
S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
}
}
else
{
/* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to
the end of the current statement. */
while (!is_end_of_statement ())
input_line_pointer++;
}
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
}
/* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_label (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
char *name, c, *p;
name = input_line_pointer;
c = get_symbol_end ();
if (strlen (name) > 0)
{
colon (name);
p = input_line_pointer;
*p = c;
}
else
{
as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
}
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
{
as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
ignore_rest_of_line ();
}
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
}
/* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_leave (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
#endif
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
}
/* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_level (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
char *level;
level = input_line_pointer;
if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0)
{
input_line_pointer += 3;
if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
}
else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0)
{
input_line_pointer += 3;
if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
}
else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0)
{
input_line_pointer += 4;
if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0)
{
input_line_pointer += 3;
if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
}
else
{
as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
ignore_rest_of_line ();
}
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
}
/* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_origin (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
#endif
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
s_org (0);
pa_undefine_label ();
}
/* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_param (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
char *name, c, *p;
symbolS *symbol;
name = input_line_pointer;
c = get_symbol_end ();
if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
{
as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
p = input_line_pointer;
*p = c;
input_line_pointer++;
}
else
{
S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
p = input_line_pointer;
*p = c;
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
{
input_line_pointer++;
pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
}
}
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
}
/* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning
of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_proc (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
struct call_info *call_info;
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
#endif
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
if (within_procedure)
as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
/* Reset global variables for new procedure. */
callinfo_found = FALSE;
within_procedure = TRUE;
/* Create another call_info structure. */
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
call_info = xmalloc (sizeof (struct call_info));
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
if (!call_info)
as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
call_info->ci_next = NULL;
if (call_info_root == NULL)
{
call_info_root = call_info;
last_call_info = call_info;
}
else
{
last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
last_call_info = call_info;
}
/* set up defaults on call_info structure */
call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
/* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */
{
label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
if (label_symbol)
{
if (label_symbol->lss_label)
{
last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
}
else
as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
}
else
last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
}
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
}
/* Process the syntactical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_procend (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
#endif
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
label was defined after the .PROC directive.
Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
{
label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
if (label_symbol)
{
if (label_symbol->lss_label)
{
last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
|= BSF_FUNCTION;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
/* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
if (within_entry_exit)
{
char *where;
unsigned int u;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
where = frag_more (0);
u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
}
#endif
}
else
as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
}
else
as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
}
if (!within_procedure)
as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
if (!callinfo_found)
as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
if (within_entry_exit)
as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
/* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */
hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
#endif
within_procedure = FALSE;
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
pa_undefine_label ();
}
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
/* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
static int
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
exact_log2 (int value)
{
int shift = 0;
while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
shift++;
if (shift >= 32)
return -1;
else
return shift;
}
/* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void)
{
if (current_space == NULL)
as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
if (current_subspace == NULL)
as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */
static sd_chain_struct *
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_parse_space_stmt (char *space_name, int create_flag)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
char *name, *ptemp, c;
char loadable, defined, private, sort;
2000-09-05 05:45:18 +02:00
int spnum;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
asection *seg = NULL;
sd_chain_struct *space;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Load default values. */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
spnum = 0;
sort = 0;
loadable = TRUE;
defined = TRUE;
private = FALSE;
if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
{
seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
}
else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
{
seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
}
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
{
print_errors = FALSE;
ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
/* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
the line should be ignored. */
2000-09-05 05:45:18 +02:00
strict = 0;
pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
if (pa_number >= 0)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
2000-09-05 05:45:18 +02:00
spnum = pa_number;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
input_line_pointer = ptemp;
}
else
{
while (!is_end_of_statement ())
{
input_line_pointer++;
name = input_line_pointer;
c = get_symbol_end ();
if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
{
*input_line_pointer = c;
input_line_pointer++;
spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
}
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
{
*input_line_pointer = c;
input_line_pointer++;
sort = get_absolute_expression ();
}
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
{
*input_line_pointer = c;
loadable = FALSE;
}
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
{
*input_line_pointer = c;
defined = FALSE;
}
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
{
*input_line_pointer = c;
private = TRUE;
}
else
{
as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
*input_line_pointer = c;
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
input_line_pointer++;
}
}
}
print_errors = TRUE;
}
if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
/* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
an already existing space -- this can only happen for
the first occurrence of a built-in space. */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
if (create_flag)
space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
private, sort, seg, 1);
else
{
space = is_defined_space (space_name);
SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
}
#ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
#endif
return space;
}
/* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
given space, creating the new space if necessary. */
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_space (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
if (within_procedure)
{
as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
ignore_rest_of_line ();
}
else
{
/* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code
below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */
/* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */
if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0)
{
input_line_pointer += 6;
sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
if (sd_chain == NULL)
sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
current_space = sd_chain;
subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
current_subspace
= pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
return;
}
if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0)
{
input_line_pointer += 9;
sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
if (sd_chain == NULL)
sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
current_space = sd_chain;
subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
current_subspace
= pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
return;
}
if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
{
input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
if (sd_chain == NULL)
sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
current_space = sd_chain;
{
asection *gdb_section
= bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
current_subspace
= pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
}
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
return;
}
/* It could be a space specified by number. */
print_errors = 0;
save_s = input_line_pointer;
2000-09-05 05:45:18 +02:00
strict = 0;
pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
if (pa_number >= 0)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
2000-09-05 05:45:18 +02:00
if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
current_space = sd_chain;
subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
current_subspace
= pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
return;
}
}
/* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */
print_errors = 1;
input_line_pointer = save_s;
name = input_line_pointer;
c = get_symbol_end ();
space_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
strcpy (space_name, name);
*input_line_pointer = c;
sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
current_space = sd_chain;
subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
}
}
/* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_spnum (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
char *name;
char c;
char *p;
sd_chain_struct *space;
name = input_line_pointer;
c = get_symbol_end ();
space = is_defined_space (name);
if (space)
{
p = frag_more (4);
md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
}
else
as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
*input_line_pointer = c;
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
}
/* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
they're broken up into subroutines. */
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_subspace (int create_new)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
char *name, *ss_name, c;
* som.c (struct som_misc_symbol_info): Add is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields. (setup_sections): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct instead subspace_dictionary_record. Set SEC_LINK_ONCE if subspace is is_comdat, is_common or dup_common. (som_prep_headers): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct. Set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common in section subspace_dict from copy_data. (som_begin_writing): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct. (som_finish_writing): Likewise. (som_bfd_derive_misc_symbol_info): Add support to set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common flags in info for symbol. Add comment regarding linker support for these fields. Slightly reorganize function. (som_build_and_write_symbol_table): Set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields in symbol table from symbol info. (bfd_som_set_subsection_attributes): Add comdat, common and dup_common arguments. Set corresponding fields in copy_data. Change all callers. (som_bfd_ar_write_symbol_stuff): Set dup_common flag in library symbol table. (som_vec): Add SEC_LINK_ONCE to applicable section flags. * som.h (som_subspace_dictionary_record): Define. (som_copyable_section_data_struct): Add is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields. (som_section_data_struct): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct instead of subspace_dictionary_record. (bfd_boolean bfd_som_set_subsection_attributes): Adjust prototype. * config/obj-som.c (obj_som_init_stab_section): Add new arguments in call to obj_set_subsection_attributes. (obj_som_init_stab_section): Likewise. * config/tc-hppa.c (default_subspace_dict): Add comdat field. (pa_def_subspaces): Provide comdat default. (pa_subspace): Handle new "comdat" parameter. Set SEC_LINK_ONCE and not SEC_IS_COMMON if section is comdat, common or dup_common. Update calls to create_new_subspace and update_subspace to pass comdat flag. (create_new_subspace, update_subspace): Add new comdat argument. Use it in calls to obj_set_subsection_attributes. * doc/c-hppa.texi (.subspa, .nsubspa): Document new comdat parameter and use of comdat, common and dup_comm parameters.
2004-04-28 20:02:49 +02:00
char loadable, code_only, comdat, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
int i, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
sd_chain_struct *space;
ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
asection *section;
if (current_space == NULL)
as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
if (within_procedure)
{
as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
ignore_rest_of_line ();
}
else
{
name = input_line_pointer;
c = get_symbol_end ();
ss_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
strcpy (ss_name, name);
*input_line_pointer = c;
/* Load default values. */
sort = 0;
access = 0x7f;
loadable = 1;
* som.c (struct som_misc_symbol_info): Add is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields. (setup_sections): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct instead subspace_dictionary_record. Set SEC_LINK_ONCE if subspace is is_comdat, is_common or dup_common. (som_prep_headers): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct. Set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common in section subspace_dict from copy_data. (som_begin_writing): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct. (som_finish_writing): Likewise. (som_bfd_derive_misc_symbol_info): Add support to set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common flags in info for symbol. Add comment regarding linker support for these fields. Slightly reorganize function. (som_build_and_write_symbol_table): Set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields in symbol table from symbol info. (bfd_som_set_subsection_attributes): Add comdat, common and dup_common arguments. Set corresponding fields in copy_data. Change all callers. (som_bfd_ar_write_symbol_stuff): Set dup_common flag in library symbol table. (som_vec): Add SEC_LINK_ONCE to applicable section flags. * som.h (som_subspace_dictionary_record): Define. (som_copyable_section_data_struct): Add is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields. (som_section_data_struct): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct instead of subspace_dictionary_record. (bfd_boolean bfd_som_set_subsection_attributes): Adjust prototype. * config/obj-som.c (obj_som_init_stab_section): Add new arguments in call to obj_set_subsection_attributes. (obj_som_init_stab_section): Likewise. * config/tc-hppa.c (default_subspace_dict): Add comdat field. (pa_def_subspaces): Provide comdat default. (pa_subspace): Handle new "comdat" parameter. Set SEC_LINK_ONCE and not SEC_IS_COMMON if section is comdat, common or dup_common. Update calls to create_new_subspace and update_subspace to pass comdat flag. (create_new_subspace, update_subspace): Add new comdat argument. Use it in calls to obj_set_subsection_attributes. * doc/c-hppa.texi (.subspa, .nsubspa): Document new comdat parameter and use of comdat, common and dup_comm parameters.
2004-04-28 20:02:49 +02:00
comdat = 0;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
common = 0;
dup_common = 0;
code_only = 0;
zero = 0;
space_index = ~0;
alignment = 1;
quadrant = 0;
space = current_space;
if (create_new)
ssd = NULL;
else
ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
/* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But
only allow the attributes to be changed once! */
if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
{
subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
current_subspace = ssd;
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
return;
}
else
{
/* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of
the builtin subspaces. */
i = 0;
while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
{
if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
{
loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
* som.c (struct som_misc_symbol_info): Add is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields. (setup_sections): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct instead subspace_dictionary_record. Set SEC_LINK_ONCE if subspace is is_comdat, is_common or dup_common. (som_prep_headers): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct. Set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common in section subspace_dict from copy_data. (som_begin_writing): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct. (som_finish_writing): Likewise. (som_bfd_derive_misc_symbol_info): Add support to set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common flags in info for symbol. Add comment regarding linker support for these fields. Slightly reorganize function. (som_build_and_write_symbol_table): Set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields in symbol table from symbol info. (bfd_som_set_subsection_attributes): Add comdat, common and dup_common arguments. Set corresponding fields in copy_data. Change all callers. (som_bfd_ar_write_symbol_stuff): Set dup_common flag in library symbol table. (som_vec): Add SEC_LINK_ONCE to applicable section flags. * som.h (som_subspace_dictionary_record): Define. (som_copyable_section_data_struct): Add is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields. (som_section_data_struct): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct instead of subspace_dictionary_record. (bfd_boolean bfd_som_set_subsection_attributes): Adjust prototype. * config/obj-som.c (obj_som_init_stab_section): Add new arguments in call to obj_set_subsection_attributes. (obj_som_init_stab_section): Likewise. * config/tc-hppa.c (default_subspace_dict): Add comdat field. (pa_def_subspaces): Provide comdat default. (pa_subspace): Handle new "comdat" parameter. Set SEC_LINK_ONCE and not SEC_IS_COMMON if section is comdat, common or dup_common. Update calls to create_new_subspace and update_subspace to pass comdat flag. (create_new_subspace, update_subspace): Add new comdat argument. Use it in calls to obj_set_subsection_attributes. * doc/c-hppa.texi (.subspa, .nsubspa): Document new comdat parameter and use of comdat, common and dup_comm parameters.
2004-04-28 20:02:49 +02:00
comdat = pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
access = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
break;
}
i++;
}
}
/* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in
any information as specified by the user. */
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
{
input_line_pointer++;
while (!is_end_of_statement ())
{
name = input_line_pointer;
c = get_symbol_end ();
if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
{
*input_line_pointer = c;
input_line_pointer++;
quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
}
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
{
*input_line_pointer = c;
input_line_pointer++;
alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
if (exact_log2 (alignment) == -1)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
alignment = 1;
}
}
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
{
*input_line_pointer = c;
input_line_pointer++;
access = get_absolute_expression ();
}
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
{
*input_line_pointer = c;
input_line_pointer++;
sort = get_absolute_expression ();
}
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
{
*input_line_pointer = c;
code_only = 1;
}
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
{
*input_line_pointer = c;
loadable = 0;
}
* som.c (struct som_misc_symbol_info): Add is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields. (setup_sections): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct instead subspace_dictionary_record. Set SEC_LINK_ONCE if subspace is is_comdat, is_common or dup_common. (som_prep_headers): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct. Set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common in section subspace_dict from copy_data. (som_begin_writing): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct. (som_finish_writing): Likewise. (som_bfd_derive_misc_symbol_info): Add support to set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common flags in info for symbol. Add comment regarding linker support for these fields. Slightly reorganize function. (som_build_and_write_symbol_table): Set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields in symbol table from symbol info. (bfd_som_set_subsection_attributes): Add comdat, common and dup_common arguments. Set corresponding fields in copy_data. Change all callers. (som_bfd_ar_write_symbol_stuff): Set dup_common flag in library symbol table. (som_vec): Add SEC_LINK_ONCE to applicable section flags. * som.h (som_subspace_dictionary_record): Define. (som_copyable_section_data_struct): Add is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields. (som_section_data_struct): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct instead of subspace_dictionary_record. (bfd_boolean bfd_som_set_subsection_attributes): Adjust prototype. * config/obj-som.c (obj_som_init_stab_section): Add new arguments in call to obj_set_subsection_attributes. (obj_som_init_stab_section): Likewise. * config/tc-hppa.c (default_subspace_dict): Add comdat field. (pa_def_subspaces): Provide comdat default. (pa_subspace): Handle new "comdat" parameter. Set SEC_LINK_ONCE and not SEC_IS_COMMON if section is comdat, common or dup_common. Update calls to create_new_subspace and update_subspace to pass comdat flag. (create_new_subspace, update_subspace): Add new comdat argument. Use it in calls to obj_set_subsection_attributes. * doc/c-hppa.texi (.subspa, .nsubspa): Document new comdat parameter and use of comdat, common and dup_comm parameters.
2004-04-28 20:02:49 +02:00
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "comdat", 6) == 0))
{
*input_line_pointer = c;
comdat = 1;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
{
*input_line_pointer = c;
common = 1;
}
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
{
*input_line_pointer = c;
dup_common = 1;
}
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
{
*input_line_pointer = c;
zero = 1;
}
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
else
as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
input_line_pointer++;
}
}
/* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
in the .subspace directive. */
applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
flags = 0;
if (loadable)
flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
if (code_only)
flags |= SEC_CODE;
* som.c (struct som_misc_symbol_info): Add is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields. (setup_sections): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct instead subspace_dictionary_record. Set SEC_LINK_ONCE if subspace is is_comdat, is_common or dup_common. (som_prep_headers): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct. Set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common in section subspace_dict from copy_data. (som_begin_writing): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct. (som_finish_writing): Likewise. (som_bfd_derive_misc_symbol_info): Add support to set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common flags in info for symbol. Add comment regarding linker support for these fields. Slightly reorganize function. (som_build_and_write_symbol_table): Set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields in symbol table from symbol info. (bfd_som_set_subsection_attributes): Add comdat, common and dup_common arguments. Set corresponding fields in copy_data. Change all callers. (som_bfd_ar_write_symbol_stuff): Set dup_common flag in library symbol table. (som_vec): Add SEC_LINK_ONCE to applicable section flags. * som.h (som_subspace_dictionary_record): Define. (som_copyable_section_data_struct): Add is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields. (som_section_data_struct): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct instead of subspace_dictionary_record. (bfd_boolean bfd_som_set_subsection_attributes): Adjust prototype. * config/obj-som.c (obj_som_init_stab_section): Add new arguments in call to obj_set_subsection_attributes. (obj_som_init_stab_section): Likewise. * config/tc-hppa.c (default_subspace_dict): Add comdat field. (pa_def_subspaces): Provide comdat default. (pa_subspace): Handle new "comdat" parameter. Set SEC_LINK_ONCE and not SEC_IS_COMMON if section is comdat, common or dup_common. Update calls to create_new_subspace and update_subspace to pass comdat flag. (create_new_subspace, update_subspace): Add new comdat argument. Use it in calls to obj_set_subsection_attributes. * doc/c-hppa.texi (.subspa, .nsubspa): Document new comdat parameter and use of comdat, common and dup_comm parameters.
2004-04-28 20:02:49 +02:00
/* These flags are used to implement various flavors of initialized
common. The SOM linker discards duplicate subspaces when they
have the same "key" symbol name. This support is more like
GNU linkonce than BFD common. Further, pc-relative relocations
are converted to section relative relocations in BFD common
sections. This complicates the handling of relocations in
common sections containing text and isn't currently supported
correctly in the SOM BFD backend. */
if (comdat || common || dup_common)
flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
/* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */
if (zero)
flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
applicable &= flags;
/* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
segment already associated with the subspace.
FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF
code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything
but the "standard" sections for ELF. */
if (create_new)
section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
else if (ssd)
section = ssd->ssd_seg;
else
section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
if (zero)
seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
/* Now set the flags. */
bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable);
/* Record any alignment request for this section. */
record_alignment (section, exact_log2 (alignment));
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* Set the starting offset for this section. */
bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section,
pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
/* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
or create a new one. */
if (ssd)
current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
* som.c (struct som_misc_symbol_info): Add is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields. (setup_sections): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct instead subspace_dictionary_record. Set SEC_LINK_ONCE if subspace is is_comdat, is_common or dup_common. (som_prep_headers): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct. Set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common in section subspace_dict from copy_data. (som_begin_writing): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct. (som_finish_writing): Likewise. (som_bfd_derive_misc_symbol_info): Add support to set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common flags in info for symbol. Add comment regarding linker support for these fields. Slightly reorganize function. (som_build_and_write_symbol_table): Set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields in symbol table from symbol info. (bfd_som_set_subsection_attributes): Add comdat, common and dup_common arguments. Set corresponding fields in copy_data. Change all callers. (som_bfd_ar_write_symbol_stuff): Set dup_common flag in library symbol table. (som_vec): Add SEC_LINK_ONCE to applicable section flags. * som.h (som_subspace_dictionary_record): Define. (som_copyable_section_data_struct): Add is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields. (som_section_data_struct): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct instead of subspace_dictionary_record. (bfd_boolean bfd_som_set_subsection_attributes): Adjust prototype. * config/obj-som.c (obj_som_init_stab_section): Add new arguments in call to obj_set_subsection_attributes. (obj_som_init_stab_section): Likewise. * config/tc-hppa.c (default_subspace_dict): Add comdat field. (pa_def_subspaces): Provide comdat default. (pa_subspace): Handle new "comdat" parameter. Set SEC_LINK_ONCE and not SEC_IS_COMMON if section is comdat, common or dup_common. Update calls to create_new_subspace and update_subspace to pass comdat flag. (create_new_subspace, update_subspace): Add new comdat argument. Use it in calls to obj_set_subsection_attributes. * doc/c-hppa.texi (.subspa, .nsubspa): Document new comdat parameter and use of comdat, common and dup_comm parameters.
2004-04-28 20:02:49 +02:00
code_only, comdat, common,
dup_common, sort, zero, access,
space_index, alignment, quadrant,
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
section);
else
current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
* som.c (struct som_misc_symbol_info): Add is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields. (setup_sections): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct instead subspace_dictionary_record. Set SEC_LINK_ONCE if subspace is is_comdat, is_common or dup_common. (som_prep_headers): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct. Set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common in section subspace_dict from copy_data. (som_begin_writing): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct. (som_finish_writing): Likewise. (som_bfd_derive_misc_symbol_info): Add support to set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common flags in info for symbol. Add comment regarding linker support for these fields. Slightly reorganize function. (som_build_and_write_symbol_table): Set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields in symbol table from symbol info. (bfd_som_set_subsection_attributes): Add comdat, common and dup_common arguments. Set corresponding fields in copy_data. Change all callers. (som_bfd_ar_write_symbol_stuff): Set dup_common flag in library symbol table. (som_vec): Add SEC_LINK_ONCE to applicable section flags. * som.h (som_subspace_dictionary_record): Define. (som_copyable_section_data_struct): Add is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields. (som_section_data_struct): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct instead of subspace_dictionary_record. (bfd_boolean bfd_som_set_subsection_attributes): Adjust prototype. * config/obj-som.c (obj_som_init_stab_section): Add new arguments in call to obj_set_subsection_attributes. (obj_som_init_stab_section): Likewise. * config/tc-hppa.c (default_subspace_dict): Add comdat field. (pa_def_subspaces): Provide comdat default. (pa_subspace): Handle new "comdat" parameter. Set SEC_LINK_ONCE and not SEC_IS_COMMON if section is comdat, common or dup_common. Update calls to create_new_subspace and update_subspace to pass comdat flag. (create_new_subspace, update_subspace): Add new comdat argument. Use it in calls to obj_set_subsection_attributes. * doc/c-hppa.texi (.subspa, .nsubspa): Document new comdat parameter and use of comdat, common and dup_comm parameters.
2004-04-28 20:02:49 +02:00
code_only, comdat, common,
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
dup_common, zero, sort,
access, space_index,
* som.c (struct som_misc_symbol_info): Add is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields. (setup_sections): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct instead subspace_dictionary_record. Set SEC_LINK_ONCE if subspace is is_comdat, is_common or dup_common. (som_prep_headers): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct. Set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common in section subspace_dict from copy_data. (som_begin_writing): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct. (som_finish_writing): Likewise. (som_bfd_derive_misc_symbol_info): Add support to set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common flags in info for symbol. Add comment regarding linker support for these fields. Slightly reorganize function. (som_build_and_write_symbol_table): Set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields in symbol table from symbol info. (bfd_som_set_subsection_attributes): Add comdat, common and dup_common arguments. Set corresponding fields in copy_data. Change all callers. (som_bfd_ar_write_symbol_stuff): Set dup_common flag in library symbol table. (som_vec): Add SEC_LINK_ONCE to applicable section flags. * som.h (som_subspace_dictionary_record): Define. (som_copyable_section_data_struct): Add is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields. (som_section_data_struct): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct instead of subspace_dictionary_record. (bfd_boolean bfd_som_set_subsection_attributes): Adjust prototype. * config/obj-som.c (obj_som_init_stab_section): Add new arguments in call to obj_set_subsection_attributes. (obj_som_init_stab_section): Likewise. * config/tc-hppa.c (default_subspace_dict): Add comdat field. (pa_def_subspaces): Provide comdat default. (pa_subspace): Handle new "comdat" parameter. Set SEC_LINK_ONCE and not SEC_IS_COMMON if section is comdat, common or dup_common. Update calls to create_new_subspace and update_subspace to pass comdat flag. (create_new_subspace, update_subspace): Add new comdat argument. Use it in calls to obj_set_subsection_attributes. * doc/c-hppa.texi (.subspa, .nsubspa): Document new comdat parameter and use of comdat, common and dup_comm parameters.
2004-04-28 20:02:49 +02:00
alignment, quadrant, section);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
}
SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
}
/* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_spaces_begin (void)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
int i;
space_dict_root = NULL;
space_dict_last = NULL;
i = 0;
while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
{
char *name;
/* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */
name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
i++;
}
i = 0;
while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
{
char *name;
int applicable, subsegment;
asection *segment = NULL;
sd_chain_struct *space;
/* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
subsegment number. */
name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
subsegment = 0;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* Create the new section. */
segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
/* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for
all the built-in subspaces. */
if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
text_section = segment;
applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
}
else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
data_section = segment;
applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
}
else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
bss_section = segment;
applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
}
else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
}
else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
}
else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
}
/* Find the space associated with this subspace. */
space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
def_space_index].segment);
if (space == NULL)
{
as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
}
create_new_subspace (space, name,
pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
* som.c (struct som_misc_symbol_info): Add is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields. (setup_sections): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct instead subspace_dictionary_record. Set SEC_LINK_ONCE if subspace is is_comdat, is_common or dup_common. (som_prep_headers): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct. Set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common in section subspace_dict from copy_data. (som_begin_writing): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct. (som_finish_writing): Likewise. (som_bfd_derive_misc_symbol_info): Add support to set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common flags in info for symbol. Add comment regarding linker support for these fields. Slightly reorganize function. (som_build_and_write_symbol_table): Set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields in symbol table from symbol info. (bfd_som_set_subsection_attributes): Add comdat, common and dup_common arguments. Set corresponding fields in copy_data. Change all callers. (som_bfd_ar_write_symbol_stuff): Set dup_common flag in library symbol table. (som_vec): Add SEC_LINK_ONCE to applicable section flags. * som.h (som_subspace_dictionary_record): Define. (som_copyable_section_data_struct): Add is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields. (som_section_data_struct): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct instead of subspace_dictionary_record. (bfd_boolean bfd_som_set_subsection_attributes): Adjust prototype. * config/obj-som.c (obj_som_init_stab_section): Add new arguments in call to obj_set_subsection_attributes. (obj_som_init_stab_section): Likewise. * config/tc-hppa.c (default_subspace_dict): Add comdat field. (pa_def_subspaces): Provide comdat default. (pa_subspace): Handle new "comdat" parameter. Set SEC_LINK_ONCE and not SEC_IS_COMMON if section is comdat, common or dup_common. Update calls to create_new_subspace and update_subspace to pass comdat flag. (create_new_subspace, update_subspace): Add new comdat argument. Use it in calls to obj_set_subsection_attributes. * doc/c-hppa.texi (.subspa, .nsubspa): Document new comdat parameter and use of comdat, common and dup_comm parameters.
2004-04-28 20:02:49 +02:00
pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat,
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
segment);
i++;
}
}
/* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
by the given parameters. */
static sd_chain_struct *
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
create_new_space (char *name,
int spnum,
int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
int defined,
int private,
int sort,
asection *seg,
int user_defined)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
chain_entry = xmalloc (sizeof (sd_chain_struct));
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
if (!chain_entry)
as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new space chain entry: %s\n"),
name);
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
strcpy (SPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
/* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */
if (!space_dict_last)
space_dict_last = chain_entry;
if (space_dict_root == NULL)
space_dict_root = chain_entry;
else
{
sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
while (chain_pointer)
{
prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
}
/* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */
if (prev_chain_pointer)
{
chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
}
else
{
space_dict_root = chain_entry;
chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
}
if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
space_dict_last = chain_entry;
}
/* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
modified by the user's input. Another call is found at
the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
the user modifies a predefined space. */
#ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
#endif
return chain_entry;
}
/* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
by the given parameters.
Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
order as defined by the SORT entries. */
static ssd_chain_struct *
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space,
char *name,
int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
int comdat,
int common,
int dup_common,
int is_zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
int sort,
int access,
int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
int quadrant,
asection *seg)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
chain_entry = xmalloc (sizeof (ssd_chain_struct));
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
if (!chain_entry)
as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new subspace chain entry: %s\n"), name);
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
strcpy (SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
/* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive
we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */
SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
/* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */
if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
else
{
ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
while (chain_pointer)
{
prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
}
/* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update
the links. */
if (prev_chain_pointer)
{
chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
}
else
{
space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
}
}
#ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
* som.c (struct som_misc_symbol_info): Add is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields. (setup_sections): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct instead subspace_dictionary_record. Set SEC_LINK_ONCE if subspace is is_comdat, is_common or dup_common. (som_prep_headers): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct. Set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common in section subspace_dict from copy_data. (som_begin_writing): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct. (som_finish_writing): Likewise. (som_bfd_derive_misc_symbol_info): Add support to set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common flags in info for symbol. Add comment regarding linker support for these fields. Slightly reorganize function. (som_build_and_write_symbol_table): Set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields in symbol table from symbol info. (bfd_som_set_subsection_attributes): Add comdat, common and dup_common arguments. Set corresponding fields in copy_data. Change all callers. (som_bfd_ar_write_symbol_stuff): Set dup_common flag in library symbol table. (som_vec): Add SEC_LINK_ONCE to applicable section flags. * som.h (som_subspace_dictionary_record): Define. (som_copyable_section_data_struct): Add is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields. (som_section_data_struct): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct instead of subspace_dictionary_record. (bfd_boolean bfd_som_set_subsection_attributes): Adjust prototype. * config/obj-som.c (obj_som_init_stab_section): Add new arguments in call to obj_set_subsection_attributes. (obj_som_init_stab_section): Likewise. * config/tc-hppa.c (default_subspace_dict): Add comdat field. (pa_def_subspaces): Provide comdat default. (pa_subspace): Handle new "comdat" parameter. Set SEC_LINK_ONCE and not SEC_IS_COMMON if section is comdat, common or dup_common. Update calls to create_new_subspace and update_subspace to pass comdat flag. (create_new_subspace, update_subspace): Add new comdat argument. Use it in calls to obj_set_subsection_attributes. * doc/c-hppa.texi (.subspa, .nsubspa): Document new comdat parameter and use of comdat, common and dup_comm parameters.
2004-04-28 20:02:49 +02:00
obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access, sort,
quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
#endif
return chain_entry;
}
/* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */
static ssd_chain_struct *
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space,
char *name,
int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
int comdat,
int common,
int dup_common,
int sort,
int zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
int access,
int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
int quadrant,
asection *section)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
#ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
* som.c (struct som_misc_symbol_info): Add is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields. (setup_sections): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct instead subspace_dictionary_record. Set SEC_LINK_ONCE if subspace is is_comdat, is_common or dup_common. (som_prep_headers): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct. Set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common in section subspace_dict from copy_data. (som_begin_writing): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct. (som_finish_writing): Likewise. (som_bfd_derive_misc_symbol_info): Add support to set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common flags in info for symbol. Add comment regarding linker support for these fields. Slightly reorganize function. (som_build_and_write_symbol_table): Set is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields in symbol table from symbol info. (bfd_som_set_subsection_attributes): Add comdat, common and dup_common arguments. Set corresponding fields in copy_data. Change all callers. (som_bfd_ar_write_symbol_stuff): Set dup_common flag in library symbol table. (som_vec): Add SEC_LINK_ONCE to applicable section flags. * som.h (som_subspace_dictionary_record): Define. (som_copyable_section_data_struct): Add is_comdat, is_common and dup_common fields. (som_section_data_struct): Use som_subspace_dictionary_record struct instead of subspace_dictionary_record. (bfd_boolean bfd_som_set_subsection_attributes): Adjust prototype. * config/obj-som.c (obj_som_init_stab_section): Add new arguments in call to obj_set_subsection_attributes. (obj_som_init_stab_section): Likewise. * config/tc-hppa.c (default_subspace_dict): Add comdat field. (pa_def_subspaces): Provide comdat default. (pa_subspace): Handle new "comdat" parameter. Set SEC_LINK_ONCE and not SEC_IS_COMMON if section is comdat, common or dup_common. Update calls to create_new_subspace and update_subspace to pass comdat flag. (create_new_subspace, update_subspace): Add new comdat argument. Use it in calls to obj_set_subsection_attributes. * doc/c-hppa.texi (.subspa, .nsubspa): Document new comdat parameter and use of comdat, common and dup_comm parameters.
2004-04-28 20:02:49 +02:00
obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access, sort,
quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
#endif
return chain_entry;
}
/* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
NULL if no such space exists. */
static sd_chain_struct *
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
is_defined_space (char *name)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
chain_pointer;
chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
return chain_pointer;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */
return NULL;
}
/* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */
static sd_chain_struct *
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_segment_to_space (asection *seg)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
/* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */
for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
space_chain;
space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
return space_chain;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */
return NULL;
}
/* Return the first space chain entry for the subspace with the name
NAME or NULL if no such subspace exists.
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
When there are multiple subspaces with the same name, switching to
the first (i.e., default) subspace is preferable in most situations.
For example, it wouldn't be desirable to merge COMDAT data with non
COMDAT data.
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
own subspace. */
static ssd_chain_struct *
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
is_defined_subspace (char *name)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
/* Walk through each space. */
for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
space_chain;
space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
{
/* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */
for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
subspace_chain;
subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
return subspace_chain;
}
/* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */
return NULL;
}
/* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no
mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
(to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
to become more efficient. */
static ssd_chain_struct *
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *seg, subsegT subseg)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
/* Walk through each space. */
for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
space_chain;
space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
{
if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
{
/* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
the correct mapping. */
for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
subspace_chain;
subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
return subspace_chain;
}
}
/* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */
return NULL;
}
/* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
that was found or NULL on failure. */
static sd_chain_struct *
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_find_space_by_number (int number)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
space_chain;
space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
{
if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
return space_chain;
}
/* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */
return NULL;
}
/* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting
address is unknown then return zero. */
static unsigned int
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *space, int quadrant)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
/* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */
if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
return 0x40000000;
else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
return 0x40000000;
else
return 0;
return 0;
}
#endif
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
a string. */
static unsigned int
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_stringer_aux (char *s)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
switch (c)
{
case '\"':
c = NOT_A_CHAR;
break;
default:
break;
}
return c;
}
/* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_stringer (int append_zero)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
char *s, num_buf[4];
unsigned int c;
int i;
/* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
#endif
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* Skip the opening quote. */
s = input_line_pointer + 1;
while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
{
if (c == '\\')
{
c = *s;
switch (c)
{
/* Handle \x<num>. */
case 'x':
{
unsigned int number;
int num_digit;
char dg;
char *s_start = s;
/* Get past the 'x'. */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
s++;
for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
num_digit < 2
&& (ISDIGIT (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
|| (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
num_digit++)
{
if (ISDIGIT (dg))
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
else
number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
s++;
dg = *s;
}
if (num_digit > 0)
{
switch (num_digit)
{
case 1:
sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
break;
case 2:
sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
break;
}
for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
}
break;
}
/* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */
default:
s++;
break;
}
}
}
stringer (append_zero);
pa_undefine_label ();
}
/* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_version (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
obj_version (0);
pa_undefine_label ();
}
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
/* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_compiler (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
obj_som_compiler (0);
pa_undefine_label ();
}
#endif
/* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_copyright (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
obj_copyright (0);
pa_undefine_label ();
}
/* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
the latest space label. */
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_cons (int nbytes)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
cons (nbytes);
pa_undefine_label ();
}
/* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_float_cons (int float_type)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
float_cons (float_type);
pa_undefine_label ();
}
/* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_fill (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
#endif
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
s_fill (0);
pa_undefine_label ();
}
/* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_lcomm (int needs_align)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
#endif
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
s_lcomm (needs_align);
pa_undefine_label ();
}
/* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_lsym (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
#endif
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
s_lsym (0);
pa_undefine_label ();
}
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
void
md_begin (void)
{
const char *retval = NULL;
int lose = 0;
unsigned int i = 0;
last_call_info = NULL;
call_info_root = NULL;
/* Set the default machine type. */
if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL))
as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
/* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
{
as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
}
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
pa_spaces_begin ();
#endif
op_hash = hash_new ();
while (i < NUMOPCODES)
{
const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]);
if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0')
{
as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval);
lose = 1;
}
do
{
if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
!= pa_opcodes[i].match)
{
fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
lose = 1;
}
++i;
}
while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
}
if (lose)
as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted."));
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
/* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
subseg_set (text_section, 0);
#endif
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
/* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */
(void) symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
#endif
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
"T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of
the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
with the address of "foo").
Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
$LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
selectors).
??? Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
reductions make life a living hell for object file editors. */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
int
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
hppa_fix_adjustable (fixS *fixp)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
reloc_type code;
#endif
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
/* LR/RR selectors are implicitly used for a number of different relocation
types. We must ensure that none of these types are adjusted (see below)
even if they occur with a different selector. */
code = elf_hppa_reloc_final_type (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type,
hppa_fix->fx_r_format,
hppa_fix->fx_r_field);
switch (code)
{
/* Relocation types which use e_lrsel. */
case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
case R_PARISC_PLTOFF21L:
/* Relocation types which use e_rrsel. */
case R_PARISC_DIR14R:
case R_PARISC_DIR14DR:
case R_PARISC_DIR14WR:
case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
case R_PARISC_DLTREL14DR:
case R_PARISC_DLTREL14WR:
case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
case R_PARISC_DPREL14DR:
case R_PARISC_DPREL14WR:
case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14R:
case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14DR:
case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14WR:
/* Other types that we reject for reduction. */
case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY:
case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
return 0;
default:
break;
}
#endif
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
supported using the optimizing hp linker. */
if (fixp->fx_addsy
&& fixp->fx_subsy
&& (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
2002-09-05 02:01:18 +02:00
return 0;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice
but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
"ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
sum to the right value.
eg. Suppose we have
. ldil LR%foo+0,%r21
. ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
2000-07-19 08:30:49 +02:00
. ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
reducing to the section symbol we get
. LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
. RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
. RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
multiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
2000-07-19 08:30:49 +02:00
In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case
above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
|| hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
|| hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
return 0;
/* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
relocations with plabels. */
if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
|| hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
|| hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
|| hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
|| hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
|| hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
return 0;
/* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */
if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
return 0;
/* Reject reductions of function symbols. */
if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
return 0;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
return 1;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
}
/* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
within GAS. */
int
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
hppa_force_relocation (struct fix *fixp)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
|| fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
|| fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
|| fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
|| fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
|| fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
|| (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
&& (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
return 1;
#endif
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
|| fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
return 1;
#endif
assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
linking works. */
* symbols.c (S_FORCE_RELOC): Add "strict" param. * symbols.h (S_FORCE_RELOC): Likewise. * config/obj-aout.h (S_FORCE_RELOC): Likewise. * config/obj-bout.h (S_FORCE_RELOC): Likewise. * config/obj-coff.h (S_FORCE_RELOC): Likewise. * config/obj-ieee.h (S_FORCE_RELOC): Likewise. * config/obj-vms.h (S_FORCE_RELOC): Likewise. * write.c (generic_force_reloc): New function. (TC_FORCE_RELOCATION): Use it here instead of S_FORCE_RELOC. (TC_FORCE_RELOCATION_SUB_SAME): Test TC_FORCE_RELOCATION too. (adjust_reloc_syms): Adjust S_FORCE_RELOC call. * as.h (generic_force_reloc): Declare. * doc/internals.texi (S_FORCE_RELOC): Update. (TC_FORCE_RELOCATION_SUB_SAME): Update. * config/tc-alpha.c (alpha_force_relocation): Adjust to use generic_force_reloc. (alpha_fix_adjustable): Likewise. * config/tc-arm.c (arm_force_relocation): Likewise. * config/tc-cris.c (md_cris_force_relocation): Likewise. * config/tc-frv.c (frv_force_relocation): Likewise. * config/tc-i386.c (md_apply_fix3): Likewise. * config/tc-ia64.c (ia64_force_relocation): Likewise. * config/tc-ip2k.c (ip2k_force_relocation): Likewise. * config/tc-m32r.c (m32r_force_relocation): Likewise. * config/tc-m68hc11.c (tc_m68hc11_force_relocation): Likewise. * config/tc-mcore.c (mcore_force_relocation): Likewise. * config/tc-mips.c (mips_force_relocation): Likewise. * config/tc-mmix.c (mmix_force_relocation): Likewise. * config/tc-ppc.c (ppc_force_relocation): Likewise. * config/tc-s390.c (tc_s390_force_relocation): Likewise. * config/tc-sh.c (sh_force_relocation): Likewise. (md_pcrel_from_section): Likewise. * config/tc-sparc.c (tc_gen_reloc): Likewise. * config/tc-v850.c (v850_force_relocation): Likewise. * config/tc-xstormy16.c (xstormy16_force_relocation): Likewise. * config/tc-i386.h (TC_FORCE_RELOCATION): Likewise. * config/tc-mcore.h (TC_FORCE_RELOCATION): Likewise. * config/tc-sparc.h (tc_fix_adjustable): Likewise. * config/tc-d10v.c (d10v_force_relocation): Delete. * config/tc-d10v.h (TC_FORCE_RELOCATION): Don't define. * config/tc-dlx.c (md_dlx_force_relocation): Delete. * config/tc-dlx.h (TC_FORCE_RELOCATION): Don't define. * config/tc-fr30.c (fr30_force_relocation): Delete. * config/tc-fr30.h (TC_FORCE_RELOCATION): Don't define. * config/tc-mn10300.c (mn10300_force_relocation): Delete. * config/tc-mn10300.h (TC_FORCE_RELOCATION): Don't define. (TC_FORCE_RELOCATION_SUB_SAME): Test TC_FORCE_RELOCATION too. * config/tc-i960.h (TC_FORCE_RELOCATION_SUB_SAME): Likewise. * config/tc-hppa.c (hppa_force_relocation): Adjust S_FORCE_RELOC call. * config/tc-mips.c (RELAX_BRANCH_TOOFAR): Warning fix. * config/tc-mips.h (TC_FORCE_RELOCATION_SUB_SAME): Don't define. * config/tc-openrisc.c (openrisc_force_relocation): Delete. * config/tc-openrisc.h (TC_FORCE_RELOCATION): Don't define. * config/tc-sparc.c (elf32_sparc_force_relocation): Delete. * config/tc-sparc.h (TC_FORCE_RELOCATION): Don't define for ELF. * config/tc-i386.c (i386_force_relocation): Delete. * config/tc-i386.h (TC_FORCE_RELOCATION): Don't define for BFD_ASSEMBLER. (EXTERN_FORCE_RELOC): Fix TE_PE and STRICT_PE_FORMAT nesting. * config/tc-m68k.h (TC_FORCE_RELOCATION): Don't define. * config/tc-pj.h (TC_FORCE_RELOCATION): Don't define. * config/tc-sh.h (TC_FORCE_RELOCATION_SUB_ABS): Don't call S_FORCE_RELOC. (TC_FORCE_RELOCATION_SUB_SAME): Test TC_FORCE_RELOCATION too. * config/tc-sh64.h (TC_FORCE_RELOCATION_SUB_SAME): Likewise.
2003-01-23 13:51:05 +01:00
if (S_FORCE_RELOC (fixp->fx_addsy, 1))
return 1;
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
/* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
entry if they're going to need either an argument relocation or long
call stub. */
if (fixp->fx_pcrel
&& arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
return 1;
/* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */
if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
{
long pc = md_pcrel_from (fixp);
valueT distance, min_stub_distance;
distance = fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy) - pc - 8;
/* Distance to the closest possible stub. This will detect most
but not all circumstances where a stub will not work. */
min_stub_distance = pc + 16;
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
if (last_call_info != NULL)
min_stub_distance -= S_GET_VALUE (last_call_info->start_symbol);
#endif
if ((distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
&& min_stub_distance <= 8388608)
|| (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17
&& distance + 262144 >= 524288
&& min_stub_distance <= 262144)
|| (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12
&& distance + 8192 >= 16384
&& min_stub_distance <= 8192)
)
return 1;
}
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
return 1;
/* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */
return 0;
}
/* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
/* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
elf_hppa_final_processing (void)
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
{
struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
call_info_pointer;
call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
{
elf_symbol_type *esym
= ((elf_symbol_type *)
symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
1999-05-03 09:29:11 +02:00
esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
- S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
}
}
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_vtable_entry (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
struct fix *new_fix;
new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0);
if (new_fix)
{
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
}
}
static void
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
pa_vtable_inherit (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
struct fix *new_fix;
new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0);
if (new_fix)
{
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
}
}
#endif
2006-05-24 13:05:42 +02:00
/* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
dependent tables? */
const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
{
/* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
{"align", pa_align, 8},
#endif
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
{"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
#endif
{"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
{"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
{"block", pa_block, 1},
{"blockz", pa_block, 0},
{"byte", pa_cons, 1},
{"call", pa_call, 0},
{"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
#if defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))
{"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
#else
{"code", pa_text, 0},
{"comm", pa_comm, 0},
#endif
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
{"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
#endif
{"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
{"data", pa_data, 0},
#endif
{"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
{"dword", pa_cons, 8},
{"end", pa_end, 0},
{"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
{"end_try", pa_try, 0},
#endif
{"enter", pa_enter, 0},
{"entry", pa_entry, 0},
{"equ", pa_equ, 0},
{"exit", pa_exit, 0},
{"export", pa_export, 0},
{"fill", pa_fill, 0},
{"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
{"half", pa_cons, 2},
{"import", pa_import, 0},
{"int", pa_cons, 4},
{"label", pa_label, 0},
{"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
{"leave", pa_leave, 0},
{"level", pa_level, 0},
{"long", pa_cons, 4},
{"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
{"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
#endif
{"octa", pa_cons, 16},
{"org", pa_origin, 0},
{"origin", pa_origin, 0},
{"param", pa_param, 0},
{"proc", pa_proc, 0},
{"procend", pa_procend, 0},
{"quad", pa_cons, 8},
{"reg", pa_equ, 1},
{"short", pa_cons, 2},
{"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
{"space", pa_space, 0},
{"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
#endif
{"string", pa_stringer, 0},
{"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
{"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
#endif
#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
{"text", pa_text, 0},
#endif
{"version", pa_version, 0},
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
{"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
{"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
#endif
{"word", pa_cons, 4},
{NULL, 0, 0}
};